Home

Office 2007 - West Point

1. The Response Grid can be shown or hidden at will by selecting the Show Response Grid button An interactive slide displays a Response Grid when the question is first presented and automatically removes the grid from the slide that shows the tabulated results 3 After polling closes click the Viewing the polling status becomes disabled in the Showbar mouse to advance to the next until you activate another poll If you want to always display slide the Showbar expansion set the Expand Showbar setting to True Expand Showbar is a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Use the Participant Monitor The Participant Monitor shows which participants have responded to a question and displays details about the responses such as the percentage of correct responses how long participants took to respond and which answers they picked Use of the Participant Monitor is optional but it is helpful if you would like to keep track of how people are responding during your presentation You can access the Participant Monitor from either the Showbar while the slide show is running or from the TurningPoint toolbar under the Participants drop down menu after you end the slide show Note if you want to limit the Participant Monitor to your eyes only then you can set up a second monitor for displaying it Find in
2. ED EN E E E YE YE YE Ye Ye ye E E N My Computer File name lt i My Network Files of type TumingPoint Sessionf tpz v Cancel 8 Choose a session file You may select multiple files by holding down the Control key and clicking on the file 9 When you have selected all The session s has been attached to the email and is displayed the files you would like to in the lower portion of the Send Sessions window send select the Open button to continue Send Sessions Session Attached TurningPoint Send Session s X Fie Tools To Administrator T est edu From Presenter Test edu Subject Session Results from Geography 101 Body Please find the attached session of Geography 101 Geography 101 Please use valid email addresses and attachments 10 Optionally change the SMTP Server a Select Tools gt Change This displays and SMTP Server window SMTP Server Send Sessions SMTP Server Window SMTP Server Please enter your SMTP sever b Enter the SMTP server You may need to check with your IT Department for this information c Select OK Your SMTP server has been changed 141 Select the Send button A dialog is displayed indicating that the email was successfully sent Where Do I Go From Here This user manual has introduced you to the process of creating interactive presentations with TurningPoint You have learne
3. The selected slide will display the results of itself and any linked slides during a SlideShow A slide may only contain three links at once 4 Selecta slide to compare Comparative Links Window Link to Slide with in the Link to Slide drop Pailin Seni Ls down menu Selected Side 2 Where is the capital of Ohio SD Link to Side 2 Where is the capital of Ohio 3 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 4 Where is the capital of the United States IS Where is the capital of New Mexico Comparative Slide 6 Where is the capital of Virginia 7 What is the capital of Tennessee 8 Which one is the United States Flag 9 What is the capital of Michigan The linked slide s results will be displayed along side the selected slide s results during a SlideShow 5 Select the Create Link button The link is displayed in the list of comparative links to create the comparative link 6 Select the Done button The Comparative Links window closes TurningPoint adds the comparative link to the slide The comparison will not be visible until you run the presentation session and collect data Next Steps When you run your presentation session the charts in slides containing comparative links will automatically show comparisons of the data for the linked slides You can add additional comparative links by repeating these steps You can add up to three links to a slide You ca
4. 18 25 m 26 30 031 40 04150 M5160 61 70 71 20 080 It s important to remember that you must designate a slide as Demographic in the Settings menu to be able to insert a Demographic Comparison slide Insert Special Slides Step by Step Instructions To insert a Demographic Comparison slide 4 Navigate to the slide you would like the Demographic Comparison slide to be inserted after 2 Select Insert Slide from the The Insert Slide menu opens TurningPoint toolbar gag Convertto Inset Tools v Picture Slide Objecty Vertical Slide Insert Slide Menu E Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide Doughnut Slide CWO ere Po He Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides Generic Slides Ice Breaker Slides ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking Demographic Comparison Moment to Moment 2 to 2 ke E e e E a p TurningPoint User Guide 83 3 Scroll down the list and select The Demographic Comparison dialog box opens Demographic Comparison Demographic Comparison Dialog Box Demographic Comparison Choose a demographic slide Choose a question slide to link with demographic slide x OK Cancel 4 Select a demographic slide Any slides
5. 4 Select the Settings Tab The Settings tab displays a Settings Hierarchy in the left pane and the available settings in the right pane 5 Select Response Device from the Settings Hierarchy Settings for the Response Devices are listed in the right pane of the Settings window Select All Settings to access more settings Settings Window Response Devices TurningPoint Settings Settings Paling Test Enter the number of expected devices 7 Select the Done button Response Device Ey Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 5 4 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad ResponseCard Channels Empty ResponseCard Misc Expected Devices Enforce Participant List Overwrite User Information vPad Enable vPad vLinks Port Number Web vPad Enable Web vPad URL Session Name Access Code Common Settings O All Settings You are only required to enter the number of expected devices when using Simulated Data or a Response Counter or Response Ta ble TurningPoint limits the number of response devices that will be displayed in a Response Counter or on a Response Tabl
6. 00 00 c eee eee 243 Modify a Participant List 0000 000 243 Delete a Participant List 252 Add Data to a Participant List from a Course Management OYSIEM retraia e a a ed ei oha dibs ba tae 253 Set Up Team Competitions 00 5 255 Add Teams to a Participant List 255 Where Do I Go From Here 0000 eee eee 258 6 POS 6 ish 2644464654 eee Ranking Wizard 0 0 0 0 cc ee 261 Create Slides with the Ranking Wizard 262 Standards reai ai eae aw ae EL eae ON Mada ne tea 269 Create a Built in Standards List 269 Create a Custom Standards List 275 Assign Standards to Slides 2 005 279 Comparative Links 20000 eee eee eee 284 Set Up Comparative Links 285 Conditional Branching 0000 eee 289 Set Up Conditional Branching 289 Parser Documents 2020e cece eee eee 300 Format XML Documents 2 000 00 301 Format Word Documents 2 305 Import Slides 0 00 202 307 Import Slides with the TurningPoint Parser 307 Import Slides from TestingPoint 0 311 Where Do Go From Here 2220200005 313 7 Run Presentations 0000000022222 OLS Run a Presentation 02000 cece eee eee 317 Establish th
7. 65 True False 66 LWPCxcdcnetentacedes 56 Vertical 58 vPad Log In 71 72 Word Scramble 69 Yes No 65 66 Yes No Abstain 66 67 software requirements 3 Sound Countdown Indicator 135 Special Slides 70 Demographic Comparison satel kt oad mena ccm ke 74 75 designate Demographic SING 2 see es Pees 80 Essay Slide 73 Fill in the Blank Slide 72 73 insert Demographic Comparison Slide 81 Insert Priority Ranking Slide Menu 70 Moment to Moment Slide75 Priority Ranking Slide73 74 ResponseCard RF Channel Slide 2 2 2 0 70 71 vPad Log In Slide 71 72 speed scoring 113 defes sod urama eias 446 standards 259 269 d fi a ea s 446 assigning 279 creating Built in standards sift Wet a Aa ira 269 creating custom lists 275 ee ene ee ery ee 276 deleting lists 276 importing lists 276 Standards Reports 364 Group Standards Report366 Individual Standards Report sin hnai thee Acta th td a a 365 Overall Standards Report Pein a allant crated hie S 364 reports 364 Statistic indicator OOF ed eigen ae BREE 446 Statistics indicators 149 system requirements 3 Teacher s Marksheet 400 Team Assignment Slide 61 Team Assignment slide 255 Team Leader Board Slide 62 Team Scoring Reports 369 Tea
8. urningPoint 2007 Turning Technologies LLC Portions Responsive Innovations LLC and Microsoft Corporation No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Turning Technologies LLC All rights reserved Turning Technologies LLC 241 Federal Plaza West Youngstown OH 44503 USA TurningPoint 2008 Getting Started Quick Reference Guide First Edition July 2007 TurningPoint is a registered trademark of Turning Technologies LLC Other trademarked product names mentioned in this manual are owned by their respective companies The following regulatory statements apply to radio frequency and XL infrared transmitters and receivers mentioned in this manual including the ResponseCard RF ResponseCard XL and their respective receivers FCC Statement This product has been tested and found to comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation it subject to the following conditions it may not cause harmful interference and must accept interference received including interference that may cause undesired operations Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada Statement This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES 003 Cet appareil num rique de la classe B est conforme a la norme NM
9. 30 327 viewing status 328 329 PowerPoint Covert PowerPoint slides LE OENE e ae tha hs De 123 extract presentation 429 ppt file extension 54 431 presentation 195 running 315 317 324 saving 0 54 presentation settings 195 317 answer settings 195 Backup Settings 196 197 Competition Settings 200 MISC 4 c04 o0eee axed 201 Presenter vPad Settings 204 Ranking Settings 204 Response Reminders range of receivers 159 162 ee eee ee 450 Ranking Wizard 259 261 Cha aval d oes a eat 261 cChart 261 creating slides 262 entering criteria 265 receiver installing 158 162 range 159 162 450 Repoll 325 Response Table OCR bce dt pateds ae ay 445 reports 341 Attendance Report 373 Comparative Scoring Reports 367 Demographic Comparison Chart 352 Demographic Report 393 Demographic Reports 352 Graded Participant Results correct incorrect Report eee eee 354 355 Graded Participant Results point values Report 355 Peeve ladda sa dea es 356 Graded Participant Results ratio Report 356 357 Graphical Comparison Chart be eae yaa E be 353 Graphical Results by Settings 205 Response Non Response Grid Settings 206 209 Priority Ranking Slide 73 74 Question Report 350 351 Group Stan
10. Results by Question Reports 2 Reports Demographic Reports 2 Reports Participant Results Reports 4 Reports Results by Participant Reports 4 Reports Participant List Reports 2 Reports Standards Reports 3 Reports Comparative Scoring Reports 2 Reports Team Scoring Reports 2 Reports Percentile Reports 2 Reports Other Reports 8 Reports Attendance Report Moment to Moment Report Outline Report Participant Questions and Comments Report Ranking Summary Report Response Data Export Report Results by Group Report Statistics Report Results by Question Reports The Results by Question and Graphical Results by Question Reports show a summary of responses for each question Each of these reports creates an Excel file Results by Question Report This report includes the following information for each question the answers an indication of the correct answer s the number of responses for each answer the percentage of responses for each answer Results by Question Report Turning Results by Question Session Name Reports tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 33 PM 1 Whereis thecapital of Ohio Responses percent court Columbus 50 1 Cincinnati 0 oJ Youngstown 50 1 Cleveland O56 o Totals 100 2 2 Where is thecapital of Pennsylvania Responses percent _ count Pittsburgh o 0 Harrisburg 100 2 Scran
11. To add a Countdown indicator The Insert Object menu opens WA Response Devices Tools Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt S Text Message Insert Object Menu 3 Select Countdown to display Countdown Indicator Submenu the submenu of Countdown indicators Charts gt Answer Now gt Ball Drop Response Counter gt fe Letter Response Table gt a Clock Correct Answer Indicator gt Hourglass Stats gt Timer Text Message L Candle Sunset No Vote amp Logo Second Hand Gemstone 4 Select the type of Countdown When you select the Countdown indicator TurningPoint indicator you would like to places it on your slide appear on the slide Note You can change the length of the countdown in seconds for a particular slide or for all slides using the Countdown Seconds setting a setting available on both the presentation level and the slide level Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You can also change the length of the countdown by double clicking the number on the Countdown indicator on the slide A dialog box appears prompting you to enter a value 1 999 for the Countdown time limit You can move or resize the Countdown indicator to better fit your slide You can also delete the Co
12. TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Standards Window Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade z z v Current Standards List Presentation Standards for Current Selection Add Category _Add Standard __ Remove Edt Feta Clear All 4 Selecta state or country from This populates the Select a topic drop down menu with topics the Select a state or country for the selected state drop down menu Built in Standards Select a State K TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade a m L OH Ohio Presentation Current Standards List Standards for Current Selection 5 Selecta topic from the Select This populates the Select a subject drop down menu with a topic drop down menu topics for the selected topic Built in Standards Select a Topic TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade OH Ohio Academic Content Standards SCI Science 2003 Aci y K Kindergarten Current Standards List Presentation indergarten ISCL K Earth a
13. 1 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown Auto Scale Charts True sce Chart Colors Color Scheme 2 Where is the capital of Penr Chart Labels ps 1 Pittsburgh Chart Value Format 0 2 Harbury Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 3 Where is the capital of thet Jf 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard B 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 3 Las Alamas Add in always loaded ASER Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings All Settings Chart Settings 2 From the Settings Hierarchy find the slide on which you would like to identify a correct answer 3 Select the Answer you want to identify as correct 4 Select Correct from the Answer Value drop down menu This displays the settings for that answer Settings Window Answer Settings TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Response Device Answer Settings Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Alias Columbus 1 Columbus Answer Value No Value 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 5 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 4 Where is the capital of
14. 18 75 Mode Correct 0 37 5 DeviceID UserID last Name First Name Total Correct vs Mean vs Median 68EE3BFEBEB640BC Washington George 12 5 6 25 6 25 AQO38F Franklin Benjamin 0 18 75 18 75 20 Hamilton Alexander 37 5 18 75 18 75 43 Adams John Q 0 18 75 18 75 o Lincoln Abraham 37 5 18 75 18 75 23 Ford Gerald 25 6 25 6 25 Pagel of 2 Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has introduced the various report types and has demonstrated how to view these reports You are now ready to begin managing sessions You can find information in Chapter 9 Sessions Chapter 8 Reports 382 Turning Technologies Sessions TurningPoint creates session files whenever your run a TurningPoint presentation When you save a session a default TurningPoint setting automatically includes the PowerPoint presentation with your TurningPoint file You have the option to exclude the PowerPoint presentation from the TurningPoint session file This function allows you to save only the TurningPoint results data without the presentation slides If you do NOT wish to include the PowerPoint presentation in your TurningPoint session file navigate to the Settings menu and under the Misc heading change Include Presentation from True to False The session results are stored temporarily during a session You can save the session results to a file to access them later This chapter provides instructions to acces
15. 234 Fastest Responders Slide 63 64 fields in export data 405 Fill in the Blank Slide 72 73 def onanan 442 using keywords 95 Generic Slide 67 68 gradebook applications 400 Gradebook for Windows 400 hardware requirements 3 Help ines hice ate he Dae 15 Icebreaker Slides 68 69 Analogy 68 69 Word Scramble 69 import using TestingPoint 311 initial setup 4 Distributed Pie Cha ramer ct artes ave 59 Slide ae eandun nigua 59 Doughnut Chal 2 aronrai ose es 60 Slide eren wienia a 60 Essay Slide 73 def oon ia tanaan a 442 evaluationS 269 EXCEl aeeie raia aneit 341 export schemes 400 407 Five Steps to Success 20 48 fixed table 329 fixed width file 406 Gradekeeper for Windows 400 GradeQuick 400 Horizontal Chait oc dekara 58 Slid Eere 58 EES EE eee ae eee 133 Insert Slide menu 52 56 Insert slide 51 Insert Special Slides 76 Install devices 157 join fields 405 Keyboard Keys 0 9 319 Likert Scale Slide 67 MicroGrade 400 Microsoft Excel 341 Microsoft Word 305 341 format toimport 305 Non Response Grid 326 objects 128 Offset Chait echt cena ores 60 Slide 60 Other Reports 373 Attendan
16. 5 Select the Reports tab once The Turning Reports window displays a list of the categories of you have selected a session reports you can generate from your session file file Turning Reports Generate Reports Turning Reports Current Session Sessions Reports Please select the report s to generate Reports by Category E Results by Question Reports E Demographic Reports E Particpant Results Reports Results by Participant Reports igs Participant Lists Standards Reports Comparative Scoring Reports 3 Team Scoring Reports Percentile Reports S Other Reports Description and Report Sample Report Description The description of the currently selected report will be displayed here Categories in italics have options Change numeric responses to alphabetic responses 1 A 2 B etc Generate Report _ Report Each category of report is listed by name You can double click the category or click on the plus sign beside the category to view a list of reports in each category The icon beside the report name indicates whether it generates an Excel file or a Word file Some reports are available in both forms 6 Select the type of report s you would like to generate by selecting the check box next to the report name When you select a report you can see a sample preview of the repo
17. 6 Save your file before exiting TurningPoint Next Steps Slides can be customized by adding a variety of animated feedback mechanisms Find information about these different presentation objects and a variety of other slide features in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Step Two Set Up the Response Devices Each audience participant uses a device to respond to the questions asked during the presentation TurningPoint supports a variety of response devices including infrared and radio frequency keypads as well as vPad Web vPad laptops desktops and Smart Devices TurningPoint needs to know what types of response devices will be used before you run the presentation Before You Begin You must have TurningPoint installed on the computer to be used for the presentations and must have the hardware device receivers and devices available for testing Step by Step Instructions To set up the response devices 1 Connect the device receiver Connect the USB cable to your computer The device is now to the presentation computer ready for use If you are using a response device licensed for TurningPoint 2003 or 2006 contact your Account Executive to receive a new license code 2 If required Upgrade your Response Device otherwise go step 3 a From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Upgrade TurningPoint and follow the on screen instructions Upgrade Response Device Tools Response Devices Parti
18. Default Participant Setting Enables you to view and change various uncategorized Description Determines if TurningPoint loads with PowerPoint The default is set to False which does not automatically load TurningPoint Determines whether more than one response per response device is permitted The default is set to False which does not allow more than one response Determines if user feedback will be accept during the presentation This option is available for vPad and Web vPad users only The defaults is set to True which allows user Feedback Determines whether TurningPoint will auto adjust the device range to match the loaded participant range The default is set to True which matches the matches the device range with the participant range Determines if Question and Answer Aliases will automatically reflect changes in text made to the Question and Answer placeholders The default is set to True which automatically updates aliases Set the default Point value of a correct answer The acceptable range is from negative 10 000 to 10 000 The default is set to 100 Determines whether the Participant List Drop down menu default is Auto or Anonymous The default is set to Anonymous Setting Default Save Location Include Presentation Incorrect Point Value Input Source Language Multiple Response Divisor Description Determines a custom location for to save your sessions The default set
19. Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the seventh chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the eighth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the ninth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the tenth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Setting Chart Color Correct Chart Color Incorrect Chart Labels Chart Value Format Review Only Description Determines the color to be used for Correct answers for Correct Incorrect color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the color to be used for Incorrect answers for Correct Incorrect color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines if Answer Aliases Answer Bullet Format or Bullet Point
20. Session File A session file is created to store the results and other data when you run a session Session files are usually stored in My Documents TurningPoint Sessions and have extension tpz Slide Show A slide show is a presentation created in PowerPoint which may or may not include TurningPoint slides Speed Scoring Speed scoring scales the number of points a participant receives for responding to a question correctly by how quickly the participant responded Standard A standard is any framework for evaluation of participants You can assign standards to slides in a TurningPoint presentation to compare participants performance to a standard Statistic Indicator A Statistic indicator is an object on a TurningPoint slide that shows the mean average median standard deviation or variance of responses after polling has closed Text Messaging Text Messaging is a feature for sending messages to participants using vPad during a presentation TurningPoint slide TurningPoint slides are slides in a PowerPoint presentation with the ability to dynamically display information based on the responses of an audience TurningPoint toolbar A series of menus and buttons displayed below to the PowerPoint toolbars that contains the tools for using the TurningPoint software vPad A vPad is a software version of a response device that is set up for use in Settings It can be installed on a networked desktop or lap
21. ccc eee 390 Delete Results from a Session 395 Where Do Go From Here 0 000 cece eee eee 397 LOEXPOFE 6 iss ded Cie eOsA OSes Export Session Data 200000 cee eee eee 400 Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 6 0 OF VISTAS Ayia ened cnt n Ya nies Eee tae dA Si 411 Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition BA bach ae eh od td ed waded oot Mae iehodachadeddans 416 Merge Participant List 2 2 0 0 0 0 cee eee 420 Merge Session Files 0 0000 e eee ee 425 Extract Participant List 000 02005s 429 Extract PowerPoint Presentation 432 Extract Session Data as XML 20055 435 Email Session 000 0c cee eee 438 Where Do Go From Here 222020000 442 GIOSSALY 6 6s Koes EDC oe ee HeeeW eee 443 ii alo EENET OTS S689 2884S BOO What s New in 2008 Internationalization Enhanced Response Device Detection vPad 2008 Web vPad Integration User Friendly Settings and options allow for a more Personal Experience This version of TurningPoint includes a healthy number of improvements and additions that you may enjoy The new features provide simplified device set up more control over how results should be displayed interesting new ways to engage your audience and a more customizable experience TurningPoint now supports users who speak non English languages i
22. 10 Repeat these steps You can assign multiple standards to each slide You can also beginning with step 11 to add use multiple Standards Lists standards to additional If you would like to start over you can select the Clear All button to clear all standards from all slides in the presentation slides 11 When you are finished assigning standards to your slides select the Done button Create a Custom Standards List TurningPoint allows you to create a list of standards to suit your specific needs Step by Step Instructions 41 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar To create a Standards List The Tools menu opens Select Standards PSY Response Devices gt Turning Reports Session Management gt Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Standards from the The Standards window opens Tools menu Standards Window TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject a z Current Standards List Standards for Current Selection Add Category Add Standard Remove _ Edit Field Gear all 3 Select the Custom Standards The Current Standar
23. Go to the Learning Community section of the Turning Technologies Web Site find training information including Tutorials Online Training Onsite Training Case Studies Best Practices Presentations Podcasts Customer Support To speak with a Turning Representative call our toll free phone number 1 866 746 3015 By E mail send your inquiry to support turningtechnologies com Office Hours Monday through Friday 7 00 AM to 9 00 PM EST Mailing Address Turning Technologies LLC 241 Federal Plaza West Youngstown OH 44503 Turning Technologies LLC offers complete TurningPoint training Our trainers are ready to hit the road to fulfill your training needs at your location Or if you desire send your team to our state of the art training facility in Ohio Typical training sessions last from two to six hours depending on your intended use of TurningPoint and skill level with Microsoft Office products For Training Services call 1 866 746 3015 for details Where Do I Go From Here If you are new to TurningPoint this manual will help you on your way Read through Chapter 2 Getting Started with TurningPoint to receive a general overview of working with this product Are you a returning user Details of the new TurningPoint features can be found throughout this document What s New in 2008 on page 5 outlines these new features while the Table of Contents or Index should help you find them quickly Chapter 1 About Turn
24. My Documents 4A My Computer File name ETSE My Network Save as type XML Document xml 5 Specify a name and location for the exported file 6 Select the Save button The file is saved and the dialog closes 7 Select the Finish button to exit the Extract Session XML File Email Session You can use Session Management to quickly and easily send one or more TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session files by email Before You Begin To use this feature you must have access to the internet on the computer that has TurningPoint installed Step by Step Instructions 41 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar To email a session file using Outlook The Tools menu opens Select Session Management gt Send Session ARN Response Devices 2 Turning Reports E Standards p Comparative Links 3 Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards H Blackboard Wizard A VantagePoint QuestionPoint Fal Enterprise Manager d Settings a Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver fe i Beeb amp A Sendsession 4 EN Export Session Data Participant Merge Excel Merge Session Files Extract Participant List Extract PowerPoint Presentations Extract Session XML File Edit Session 2 Select Session Management gt Send Sessions 3 Enter the email address you want to send th
25. Participant Leader Board Slide Team Leader Board Slide Using the Team Assignment slide is an alternative to assigning participants to groups in a Participant List The Team Assignment slide allows teams to be assigned dynamically while assigning groups in the Participant List ensures that the same participants are always on the same teams Find more information on setting up a competition in Set Up Team Competitions on page 255 The Participant Leader Board displays the top individual participants ranked by their point totals The Participant Leader Board slide updates dynamically after each question Participant Leader Board Slide Participant Scores 450 Benjamin Franklin 400 George Washington 250 Abraham Lincoln 100 Alexander Hamilton You can specify the number of participants to show on the slide using the TurningPoint settings You can also specify whether the point totals should be cumulative or for the most recent question only Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 The Team Leader Board displays the top teams ranked by their point totals The team s points are the average of the team s participant s points The Team Leader Board slide updates dynamically after each question Team Leader Board Slide Team Scores 400 Team 1 333 33 Team2 250 Team 3 200 Team 4 150 Team 5 You can specify the number of teams to show o
26. Response Devices 2 Turning Reports Session Management gt E Standards amp Comparative Links 35 Conditional Branching g Import from TestingPoint jg Parser E Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard amp Campus Edition 4 1 R E Blackboard Wizard Campus Edition 6 0 Vista 3 4 VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings gt t Aee Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Enterprise Manager gt The Enterprise Manager Log in window opens Enterprise Manager Log in Enterprise Manager Log In Window TurningPoint Enterprise Manager Enterprise Manager Log In Severus E Ef 3 Enter the Server URL User Name and Password 4 Select the Next button 5 Select the class from the drop down menu 6 Select the Import Participant List checkbox 7 Select the Finish button The Server URL is the web address where faculty members access Enterprise Manager Faculty members enter the user name and password used to log into Enterprise Manager The Class Select window opens The drop down menu displays the list of classes assigned to the faculty member A checkbox displays next to Import Participant List Class Select Window TurningPoint Enterprise Manager Enterprise Manager Class Select Please select your current class TPEM 101 Introduction to TurningPoint Enterprise Manager E Import participant list A checkmark appears in the box when sele
27. Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt Text Message Insert Object Menu 3 Select Stats to display the submenu of Statistic Statistics Submenu indicators Charts b Answer Now b Countdown b Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats EB Mean Average Text Message E3 Median E3 Variance Standard Deviation 4 Select the type of Statistic When you select the Statistic indicator TurningPoint places it indicator you would like to on your slide appear on the slide You can move or resize the Statistic indicator to make it better fit your slide You can delete the Statistic indicator if you no longer want it to appear on the slide You can add additional Statistic indicators to the same slide up to all four types Simply repeat these steps and select the additional Statistic indicator you would like to place on the slide Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has demonstrated how to create and customize TurningPoint slides for your presentation The next step in successfully using TurningPoint for an interactive presentation is to set up the hardware devices for participants to respond Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management demonstrates this process You only need to install hardware devices once on the computer you will use them with unless you add or change the hardware devices If you have already install ha
28. Zag Convertto Inset Tools Picture Slide Objet Vertical Slide Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide Doughnut Slide Insert Slide menu E Uun ee OHS Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides Generic Slides Ice Breaker Slides ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking Demographic Comparison Moment to Moment 2 to 2 w E Se e n 52 Turning Technologies 3 Select the type of slide you would like to insert from the Insert Slide menu TurningPoint inserts the new slide into your presentation Depending on what type of slide you selected the new slide may contain question and answer regions and a chart Find information about the different slide types in Types of Slides on page 56 Composition of a Slide Enter question text 1 Enter answer text 190 2 p Pa Question region Enter question text Answer region Enter answer text Chart region This example is a vertical bar chart Charts can be positioned anywhere on the slide 00 Additionally depending on your TurningPoint settings the slide may contain answer response and countdown indicators or other objects Find more information on adding or changing these objects in Add Objects on
29. a Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select the button next to WebCT Wizard Select Task Export Grade Data WebCT Wizard WebCT Interface Select a Task to Perform Import Participant List Export Grade Data Upload Student List Cancel 3 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays the WebCT Log In window 4 Enter your login information 5 Select the Next button 6 Select the class to which you want to export data The class should match the Participant List you used 7 Enter the Column Name WebCT Wizard Login WebCT Wizard WebCT Log In Using SSL Encryption Server Name IP Port Number User Name Password TurningPoint saves the Server Name IP and the Port Number You must enter your username and password The system prompts you for the Institution s name and then displays all courses associated with your user name and password TurningPoint displays a window asking you to select the class for which you have new data WebCT Wizard Select Class WebCT Wizard WebCT Class Select Please check the classes you would like to import from the list below CO Trio C MATH101 Maximum Value for Column C The Column Name is the title of the column in the class gradebook to be used to store the scores for this particular activity or test 8 Enter the Maximum Value for Column 9 Select the Finish button The Maximum Value for Column is the to
30. audience responses G0 o Response Innovations ResponseCard XR a compact response device that uses radio frequency technology to send audience responses and allows for self paced testing by letting students enter responses to many different questions on the card s multi line LCD then transmitting all the answers at once Turning Technologies vPad group response software application a virtual keypad installed on a personal computer and Smart Devices that takes advantage of a classroom network to send responses or control presentations vPad also allows for self paced testing by letting students enter responses to many different questions and then transmitting all the answers at once Response Device ug aks sats sar Pema test Description vLinks is a software program that allows remote and or multi site polling using an IP address Participants using Response Device Receivers can use vLinks to connect to a host computer and transmit their responses to the presentation over the internet Find more information about vLinks at www turningtechnologies com Turning Technologies Web vPad a virtual keypad installed on a personal computer or Smart Device allows a user to log into a web site select a session and send their responses over the internet TurningPoint also offers many settings you can use to customize the way your slides look and behave You may not
31. your username your password On Blackboard the following steps need to occur with Blackboard before using the Blackboard Wizard The instructor creates a class list and identifies an existing column to store the KeyPad ID data Blackboard does not allow adding a column The students log into Blackboard and enter their KeyPad ID number in the column specified by the instructor Students must reenter their KeyPad ID when new classes are added Instructors and students can also download information for multiple classes into a zip file and choose a location in which to save the file To use the Blackboard Wizard you need to obtain the following information from the technical support staff at the school server name of the Blackboard server your username your password Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools In the menu select WebCT Wizard CE 4 1 or CE 6 0 Vista 3 4 or Blackboard Wizard Manager depending on your system To import a Participant List zx 35 a a a Response Devices Turning Reports Session Management Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard Course Management Menu ib 2 Aeree Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver a Campus Edition 4 1 TurningPoint displays a window t
32. 4 Grade Four 7 2 Current Standards List Presentation IS Grade Five 6 Grade Six indergarten a Standards for Current Sel Grade Seven ISCL K Earth and Space Sciences a K A Observe constant and changing patterns of objects in the day and nigt E SCL The Universe L 5C1 K 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in the daytime but the RO SCI K B Explain that living things cause changes on Earth S W SCLK Processes That Shape Earth D SCLK 2 Explore that animals and plants cause changes to their surrouns RO SCLK C Observe describe and measure changes in the weather both long terr E W SCLK Processes That Shape Earth 3 SCLK 3 Explore that sometimes change is too fast to see and sometime C SCLK 4 Observe and describe day to day weather changes e g toda C SCLK S Observe and describe seasonal changes in weather SCLK D Describe what resources are and recognize some are limited but can be SCLK No indicators present For this benchmark lt gt 8 Selecta standard from the You can add the standard to the presentation or slide list 9 Select the right arrow button The standard is displayed in the list of standards in the right gt to assign the standard toa hand pane of the Standards window presentation or specific slide Standards Window Standards for Presentation TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standard
33. Determines if a Countdown object will be automatically added to new slides The default is set to None which does not automatically added a Countdown object to new slides All Countdown objects are available to choose from Set the number of seconds a Countdown object will display The acceptable range is 1 999 The default is set at 10 seconds Setting Response Counter Response Counter Format Response Table Rotation Interval Description Determines whether a Response Counter object is automatically added to new slides The default is set at None which does not automatically added a Response Counter All Response Counter objects are available to choose from Determines the format for new Response Counter objects The acceptable formats are Count number of responses Percent or Both Count and Percent The default is set to Count Determines whether a Response Table object is automatically added to new slides The default is set to None which does not automatically add a Response Table object All Response Table objects are available to choose from Determines the number of seconds that a Rotating Table will pause between intervals The acceptable range is 1 10 seconds The default is set to two seconds Response Non Response Enables you to view and set the Response Non Response Grid Settings Grid Settings Setting Auto Size Grid Custom Cell Background Color 1 Description Determines whe
34. Incorrect xj Answer 3 Youngstown Answer Value Incorrect v Answer 4 Cleveland Answer Value Incorrect v 3 Select Correct from the TurningPoint sets the selected answer as Correct and Answer Value drop down automatically sets other answers as Incorrect menu Answer Values Task Pane Select Correct TurningPoint 2008 Answer Yalues Y Xx Clear All Answer Values Answer 1 Columbus Answer Value Corect w No Value Answer 2 Incorrect Set Points Incorrect v Answer 3 Youngstown Answer Value Incorrect v Answer 4 Cleveland Answer Value Incorrect x Note You can also set the Correct or Incorrect value in the Answer Value setting a slide level setting for each answer Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You can have more than one correct answer on a slide by repeating these steps on another answer You can change an answer you marked as Correct to Incorrect by repeating these steps and selecting Incorrect from the contextual menu instead Use Keywords for Fill in the Blank Slides Fill in the Blank slides by their nature do not have enumerated answers You can however specify that responses to a Fill in the Blank slide be counted as correct if it contains a certain word or words a keyword Step by Step Instructions To use keywords 1 Open the Settings window The Settings win
35. Participant List Information window 226 Participant List Merge 417 Participant List Reports 362 Participant List Excel Report 363 Participant List Word Report 362 Participant List templates 222 Participant List window addafield 227 245 add agroup 228 247 add participant 245 rearrange columns 232 251 remove field 231 250 remove group 231 250 rename field 230 249 rename group 230 249 Participant List Wizard 221 Participant Information 226 Participant Lists 233 importing 233 selecting 13 Participant Monitor 326 444 def 330 444 Participant Results Reports354 Graded Participant Results correct incorrect Report Rath bahd anh ade 3 354 355 Graded Participant Results point values Report 355 d Bel ned ct st hig sastek Ung seed ee 356 Graded Participant Results ratio Report 356 357 Participant Results Report Psi he tt DO ea LD A 354 passwords 235 Percentile Reports 371 Percentile correct incorrect percentage Reports 371 Percentile points Reports E Bedsits 371 372 picture slides 6 are ener eee 115 444 converting 13 POINTS iiaae damien 404 setting values 97 103 Polling Cycle 75 Polling Test159 160 163 167 ee TEE EET 168 186 polls
36. Remove Participant s Add Field Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options TurningPoint User Guide 247 b Select Add Field Group gt This displays an Add Groups to your Participant List Add Group window Participant Information Add Groups Participant Information Add Groups to your Participant List Create a new group Included Groups Check the groups that you wish to be included in team competition c Type the name of the new group in space provided under Create a new group d Select Add The name of the newly created group appears in the Included Groups box e Repeat steps d and e until To remove any groups from the Included Groups box you have added all of your lace a checkmark in the box next to the group and additional groups select Remove f Select Finish The groups that you created are added at the end of your participant list 7 Optionally Rename a Field Group a Select the field or group that you want to rename b Select Edit from the menu bar c Select Rename Field Group M
37. ResponseCard Misc Expected Devices Enforce Participant List Overwrite User Information vPad Enable vPad vLinks Port Number Web vPad Enable Web vPad URL Session Name Access Code Common Settings O All Settings TurningPoint displays all of the Response Device settings in the right pane of the settings window Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management 3 Enter the number of expected This setting is found under ResponseCard Misc heading response devices Settings Window Expected Devices a Click on the number of This opens a text box allowing you to enter a numeric devices currently entered value Note You cannot exceed the number of licensed devices For example if you enter the number of expected devices as 60 in this region but TurningPoint is licensed for 50 devices only 50 devices can be used during the presentation b Enter the number of expected devices TurningPoint limits the number of response devices that will be displayed in a Response Counter or on a Response Table based upon the number of expected devices entered Find more information on Response Counters in Add a Response Counter on page 138 and Response Tables in Add a Response Table on page 141 182 Turning Technologies 4 Optionally test your TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen If desired you response device can use this screen to test the communication between comm
38. Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser AA Update Parser Template E Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver E k LA Ranking Wizard Select Ranking Wizard TurningPoint User Guide 263 3 Select Ranking Wizard 4 Typeaname for an item to be ranked in the box provided and select the Add button The Ranking Wizard window opens Ranking Wizard Add Items TurningPoint Ranking Wizard Add items you want to compare or rank Enter Item The item will be added to the list You must add at least two items Repeat this step until you have added all the items you would like to rank Note You can save a list of items if you will reuse them with the Ranking Wizard Lists are stored as simple text txt files Use the Save button shaped like a disk to save a text file with the list of items Use the Load button shaped like a folder to load a text file with a list of items 5 When you have added all the The next set of options allows you to specify the criteria that is items to rank select the Next displayed in the Ranking Wizard button Ranking Wizard Enter Criteria TurningPoint Ranking Wizard Enter criteria and choose options S p Z criterion Enter text for the Z coord
39. The acceptable range is negative 10 000 to 10 000 The default is set to zero Determines whether the divisor used to calculate the percentages on multiple a response question will be the total number of responses received or the total number of devices that participated The default is set to Devices Determines how the question is labeled This applies only to some reports The default is set to how the question appears on the slide Determines whether a slide contains response data When set to True the slide has polled data and will not be polled again When set to False the slide can be polled again The default is set to True and the slide will contain response data and cannot be polled again Setting Responses Speed Scoring Zero Based Polling Description Determines the number of responses accepted from a response device without overwriting the previous response The acceptable range is 1 10 responses The default is set to 1 Determines whether point values will decrease relative to the time polling is kept open The default is set to False which will not decrease point values relative to the time polling is kept open Number answers from 1 10 or 0 9 When set to True answers will be number from 0 9 and will override the current answer bullet format The default is set to False Response Reminders Setting Enables you to view and set Response Reminders settings Setting Auto Advance Descri
40. toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it looks like a pair of eyeglasses In the window select the Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy The TurningPoint Settings window opens Settings Window TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Response Device Answer Settings S1 Where is the capital of Ohi Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts True 4 cleveland Chart Colors Color Scheme iS 2 Where is the capital of Penr Chart Labels tise Re aca Chart Value Format 0 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 3 Where is the capital of the Lf 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc a LesAlammos Add in always loaded 4 a Carlsbad y Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Use these settings to establish the settings for the entire presentation You can establish the settings for a specific slide or answer by selecting the Slide or Answer respectively from Settings Hierarchy Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page
41. view performance of each child class building or district level compared to State Standards Import your self paced tests into TurningPoint to create interactive presentation With Built in Testing Standards you can choose standards by State Subject Grade Creating a Conditional Branch has been simplified TurningPoint 2008 guides you along the way With the upgrades to the Participant List you can Device ID field is automatically added when you create a new list Merge your sessions based on your Participant Lists and show the aggregated results Enhanced Reporting provides more reports and makes generating reports easier Add Remove Groups or Fields from the Participant Information Screen Allow users notin your Participant List to participate in a presentation With five new reports available you can See the Ratio of correct to incorrect response by Participant using the Graded Participant Results ratio See the scoring distribution for the presentation and how each participant scored using the Comparative Scoring Reports See the how teams scored by percentage and points using the Team Scoring Reports See how participants responses compared to other participants using the Percentile Reports See the percentage of correct answers and total points accumulated by each participant With the new reports interface you can Create reports more easily Change numeric response to alphabetic responses The followi
42. wa Y The file path where the wav or mp3 file is located on your computer is now listed If your presentation will be used on a computer different from the one you created it on ensure that the Countdown Sound sound file can be found on the presentation computer and that it has the same file path For example if the file path for the Countdown Sound is c Documents and Settings My Documents Explosion wav You must ensure that the Countdown Sound is located at the same file path on the presenting computer or you must go into settings and change the location by strating this procedure at step 1 Add a Response Counter A Response Counter keeps track of how many participants have submitted a response out of the total number of participants A Response Counter appears during a presentation when polling opens and disappears when polling is closed Response Counters are available in six styles Response Counters 1 Flag Pole Bubble O Liquid The Response Counter can be moved and resized like an ordinary PowerPoint object Step by Step Instructions 1 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to adda Response Counter Select Insert Object from the TurningPoint toolbar Note You can change whether the Response Counter displays the number or percentage of participants who have responded or both using the Response Counter Format setting a presentatio
43. you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options 228 Turning Technologies b Select Add Field Group gt This displays an Add Groups to your Participant List Add Group window Participant Information Add Groups Participant Information Add Groups to your Participant List Create a new group Included Groups Check the groups that you wish to be included in team competition c Type the name of the new group in space provided under Create a new group d Select Add The name of the newly created group appears in the Included Groups box e Repeat steps d and e until To remove any groups from the Included Groups box you have added all of your pace a checkmark in the box next to the group and select additional groups Remove f Select Finish The groups that you created are added at the end of your participant list Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams 13 Optionally Rename a Field Group a Select the field or group that you want to rename b Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 Copy Paste Select All Clear Add Participant Remove Participant s Add Field Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant Lis
44. 11 1 2005 2 07 PM tpz 11 1 2005 2 40 01 PM Copy of Copy of target_102_first_rash tpz 10 15 2005 5 21 33 PM Copy of food New Session 8 24 2005 11 05 AM tpz 10 15 2005 5 21 33 PM ion 8 005 8 48 4 PM ony of food New 48 AM to 24 54 141 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays an Export Preview Options window asking you to enter the name of the assignment for the session and a maximum point value 12 Enter the name of the WebCT Wizard Export Preview Options assignment and a maximum TurningPoint WebCT Wizard point value for responses WebCT Export Preview Options WebCT ID Name webct_demo_103581 Student 103581001 Demo student One Student student2 Two Student student3 Three Student Add grades shown above to WebCT gradebook Column Header TumingPoint Quiz Mesimum Value Email individualized reports to students through WebCT You can also select the checkbox to email individualized reports to students through WebCT 13 Select the Finish button TurningPoint displays a confirmation message that the export was successfully completed 14 Select the OK button WebCT Wizard Export Complete TurningPoint 1 Export successully completed You can now login to WebCT and view the results data in your Gradebook Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 4 1 TurningPoint allows class instructors to quickly export results data from participants to a
45. 153 If infrared keypads are used it is recommended that you use a Response Grid which gives participants confirmation that their responses are received The Response Grid is unnecessary with radio frequency vPad and Web Pad devices because confirmation displays right on the device The following settings affect the presentation and style of the Response Grid that can be shown during an interactive slide show Response Grid 8 7 2 5 Note A Response Grid is specifically recommended to use with infrared keypads to give participants confirmation that their responses are received Other options for tracking responses such as a Response Counter or Response Table are located in the Insert Objects menu Find information on these objects in Add Objects on page 128 These settings affect what is displayed in each box of the Response Grid Display Device IDs select True to include the devicelD field in the Response Grid Display Participant Names select True to display the participant s name in the Response Grid Display Device Numbers select True to display the response ID number These settings affect how the Response Grid is displayed Grid Opacity enter a percentage to identify how opaque the Response Grid should be when opened Grid Position choose a selection from the menu to identify where the Response Grid should be positioned o
46. 4 fem Backup Ermo E6 Real Time Pm My Recent CaSave Pm Documents Screenshots E PriorityDemagMoment E New Session 7 16 2007 4 25 PM f Reports E E New Session 7 16 2007 4 52 PM E ReportsDemog i Pmt E ReportsDemog2 E PM2 E ReportsDemog3 A Pms E ReportsDemogEDIT EPM E ReportsDemoOnly a pms E ReportsMoment PM6 E ReportsRanking z PM a ReportsResultsbyGroup 3 E B ReportsResultsbyGroup07_17_07 i E ReportsResultsbyGroup07_17_07_02 Desktop My Documents My Computer lt gt File name Merge 7 17 2007 9 47 My Network __ Save as type Turning Session tp2 Cancel Specify a name and location for the exported file Note You should use the file extension tpz for session files 8 Select the Save button The file is saved and the dialog closes You can access TurningPoint Reports by selecting Open TurningPoint Reports located next to the Finish button 9 Select the Finish button to exit the Merge Session Files window Next Steps You can now generate reports or extract other data from the merged session file just as if it were an original session file Extract Participant List You can extract the Participant List from a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file This is especially useful if you have a session file but have lost the Participant List file or if you set up the list on a different computer Step by Step Instructions To extract a Participant Lis
47. 54 a 5 ETA The bars are grouped by answer Each answer s bars include the results for the current slide at the left or top depending on the chart type then the results for each linked slide in the order that the links are assigned A slide can contain up to three comparative links so you can compare up to four questions Generally each question you compare should have the same number of answers since the first answer in the answer region is compared to the first answers on the linked slides the second answer to the second answers on the linked slides and so on This section describes how to Set Up Comparative Links Set Up Comparative Links Set up comparative links using the Comparative Links window available from the Tools menu in the TurningPoint toolbar Before You Begin Before you set up a comparative link first create the slides you would like to be compared A slide can contain one to three comparative links so you can compare up to four questions Generally the slides being compared should each have the same number of answers For the slide on which the comparison will be displayed use a vertical horizontal offset or donut chart Comparisons cannot be displayed using 3D pie or distributed pie charts The slide on which the comparison will be displayed should come after the slides it is being compared to so that the results of those slides are available for display Chapter 6 Tools
48. A Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Responders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add In always loaded Correct Point Value Decimal Period True Color Scheme Aliases 0 Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings 3 Select the Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy A specific list of settings options displays in the menu 4 Scroll down the menu until you see the Misc settings 5 Select the Add In always A drop down menu appears loaded setting Settings Window Add In always loaded TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Response Device Presentation 1 Where is the capital of Ohic Default Number of Teams 1 Columbus Include Non Responders 2 Cincinnati Maximum Responders 3 Youngstown Participants In Leaderboard 4 Cleveland Teams In Leaderboard 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh Misc 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton Add In always loaded 4 Philadelphia Correct Point Value amp 3 Where is the capital of the _ Incorrect Point Value 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C Answer Now None 4 Washington NC Answer Now Text Answer Now 5 4 Where is the capital of New 4 advance False 1 Albuq
49. B vGB oaaees b 7 Select the answer whose data you wish to reference in the primary question slide 8 Select the Select button 9 To return the chart to its original data press the F6 key The default selection is the first answer in the first question slide For the example to find out how many young adults prefer each type of music you would select the 18 35 age range Data Slicing TurningPoint Data Slicing B Data Slicing 11 questions H Where is the capital of Ohio 3 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is the capital of the United States Where is the capital of New Mexico H E Where is the capital of the United States H Where is the capital of Virginia H Where is the capital of Virginia E What is the capital of Tennessee 3 Which one is the United States Flag S What is the capital of Michigan 3 What is the capital of Delaware Question Data Participant Groups Cancel TurningPoint retabulates the data to show the new distribution Instead of viewing the results for the entire audience you see the distribution for only the participants in the audience who submitted the selected answer After you have displayed a data slice you can select a number on the keyboard corresponding to an answer to see the slice associated with that answer You can also cycle through groups that have responded by pressing the G key When finished viewing the data slices
50. Best Practices 141 Select the Finish button The final page displays a message that the installation is complete Select the Launch TurningPoint checkbox if you would like to immediately open the program The TurningPoint shortcut icon displays on your desktop and points to the location where you installed TurningPoint on the computer Double click the icon to open the program TurningPaint 2008 TurningPoint Shortcut Icon Open TurningPoint with PowerPoint After you install TurningPoint onto your computer you may want it to open automatically when you open PowerPoint Or you may want the programs to always open separately You can change this option from the Settings window Step by Step Instructions 41 Double click on the TurningPoint icon 2 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test The Settings window opens To toggle the option to automatically load TurningPoint Settings Window Response Device 5 1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 2 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad l gt
51. Blank Slides Set Point Values from the Settings Window Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide Clear Answer Values from the Settings Window Clear Answer Values on a TurningPoint Slide Use Speed Scoring Create Picture Slides Change Chart Colors Make a PowerPoint Slide Interactive by Inserting a Chart Disable Auto Scale in Charts Change Chart Types You can change the type of chart on a TurningPoint slide using the Insert Object menu Step by Step Instructions To change a chart s type 4 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation on which you would like to change the chart 2 Select Insert Object from the The Insert Object menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Insert Object Menu ry x Response Devices Object 7 Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt Text Message 3 Select Charts to display the Insert Object Chart Selection Charts submenu ih Vertical Answer Now gt Horizontal Countdown gt 3DPie Response Counter gt ap Distributed Pie Response Table gt Offset Correct Answer Indicator gt Doughnut Stats gt 5 Text Message 4 Select the type of chart you When you select the chart type TurningPoint changes the chart would like to appear on the on your slide to match the type slide Enable Zero based Polling By default answers are numbered 1 10 but
52. Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg vPad 3 Scranton a 4 Philadelphia Enable vPad vLinks 4 Where is the capital of the Port Number 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA Web vPad _ 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad _ResponseCard Misc Expected Devices Enforce Participant List Overwrite User Information Enable Web vPad URL Session Name Access Code Common Settings O All Settings Allows you to view the Response Receiver settings Setting Description Receiver Displays Receiver ID and receiver Channels of the receivers connected to computer ResponseCard Misc Allows you to view and change various response card settings Setting Force Channel Change Expected Devices Enforce Participant List Overwrite User Information Description Determine whether to force the Receiver Channel to change The default is set at False and will force TurningPoint to accept the channel from the receiver True will set the receiver to the first available slot in TurningPoint Displays the number of Response Devices that you expect to be used during the presentation This is only required when using Simulated Data or Reponse Counter or Response Table Determine whether only members of a participant list can respond during a presentation or if a
53. Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia S4 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad Chart Settings Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Review Only Misc Allow Duplicates Anonymous Correct Point Value Demographic Incorrect Point Value Multiple Response Divisor Question Alias Response Data Responses Speed Scoring Zero Based Polling Response Reminders Settings Auto Advance User Defined Aliases 0 False False False 100 False o Devices Where is the capital of Ohio True 1 True False Defaults Common Settings O All Settings Chart Settings This enables you to view and change the chart settings Setting Chart Colors Chart Color 1 Chart Color 2 Chart Color 3 Description Determines what chart colors will be used during your presentation The available settings are Color Scheme Correct Incorrect and User Defined Color Scheme uses the selected PowerPoint color scheme To change the color of your charts you must change color setting in PowerPoint See PowerPoint help Correct Incorrect uses user defined colors for slides that have answers selected as correct and incorrect All other slides in the presentation will uses the PowerPoint color scheme To change the colors for correct and incorrect a
54. Insert Tools Picture Slide Objet Vertical Slide Insert Slide i Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide Doughnut Slide CMP re OHS Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides Generic Slides Ice Breaker Slides ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking Demographic Comparison Moment to Moment 2 to 2 W E a G a TurningPoint User Guide 23 2 Highlight and select the TurningPoint inserts a Vertical Slide The slide contains a Vertical Slide option question region an answer region and a vertical bar chart Insert Vertical Slide Enter question text 1 Enter answer R text 10 r rol Question region Enter question text Answer region Enter answer text Chart region This example is a vertical bar chart Charts can be positioned anywhere on the 00 slide 3 Select the Question region When you select the region the text is highlighted The and type in a question highlighted text is replaced with the question text that you enter 4 Select the answer region and This region has the same behavior as the Question region type in the answers You can enter a maximum of ten answers per slide 5 Repeat step 1 step 4 to insert additional slides
55. Response Device Settings The Web vPad response device acts as a virtual response device Audience members use Web vPad from desktop or laptop computers or PDAs that access your Web vPad Server URL Web vPads exhibit the same response behavior as ResponseCards and vPad If you are using Web vPad and connect during a presentation you can close and reopen the Web vPad and still have the same response device number In order to use the Web vPad during for your presentation you must obtain the following information from TurningTechnologies Customer Support Web vPad Server URL Web vPad Server Username Web vPad Session Name Web vPad Access Code Go to Response Device Management on page 171 to manage the Web vPad settings Response Device Management Each audience participant uses a device to respond to the questions asked during the presentation TurningPoint supports a variety of response devices including infrared and radio frequency keypads as well as networked PDAs laptops and desktops and laptops and desktops with internet access TurningPoint needs to know what types of response devices will be used before you run the presentation Access the Response Device settings to confirm TurningPoint is configured to your needs You may need to confirm your settings when you add new response devices and change the number of response devices to be used during a presentation session Additionally you are able to test communication between T
56. Slides Special Slides Chart Slides The first set of six slides above the first divider in the menu insert a template slide with a chart of the specified type vertical horizontal 3D pie distributed pie offset or doughnut The chart shows the results of the audience s choices for each answers D KR Convertto Insert Tools Picture Slide Object v Vertical Slide Chart Slides Menu Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide ogo Doughnut Slide The six chart slides in the Insert Slide menu each contain the following A question area with the text Enter question text An answer area with the text Enter answer text A chart of the specified type vertical horizontal 3D pie distributed pie offset or doughnut Charts are objects on the TurningPoint slide that can be moved and resized just like ordinary objects You can change the type of chart on a TurningPoint slide by following the instructions in Change Chart Types on page 86 Vertical Slide The vertical slide contains a bar chart with vertical bars for each answer Vertical Slide Enter question text Enter answer text 25 25 25 25 Enter answer text Enter answer text BP WN RP Enter answer text Horizontal Slide The horizontal slide contains a bar chart with horizontal bars for each answer Each bar displays behind the corresponding answer in the answer regi
57. Step by Step Instructions To create a comparative link 1 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Comparative Links Response Devices Turning Reports Session Management gt E Standards Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Bees i Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver gt ROPE 286 Turning Technologies Select Comparative Links The Comparative Links window opens from the Tools menu Comparative Links Window TurningPoint Comparative Links Selected Slide gt Linkto slide Linked Slide The selected slide will display the results of itself and any linked slides during a SlideShow A slide may only contain three links at once Select the slide to include the Comparative Links Window Select Slide comparison in the Selected TurningPoint Comparative Links Slide drop down menu selected Side 2 Where is the capital of Ohio amp N 3 where is the capital of Pennsylvania Link to Slide 4 Where is the capital of the United States IS Where is the capital of New Mexico 6 Where is the capital of Virginia 7 What is the capital of Tennessee 8 Which one is the United States Flag Comparative Slide 9_ What is the capital of Michigan
58. TurningPoint Insert Object Menu slide in your presentation to z P Response Devices which you would like to add a Response Table Tools Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt 5 Text Message 2 Select Insert Object from the The Insert Object menu opens TurningPoint toolbar 3 Select Response Table to Response Table Submenu display the submenu of i i Response Tables Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt BA Fixed Table Correct Answer Indicator Ea Rotating Table Stats gt Text Message 4 Select the type of Response See above for information on the differences between fixed and Table you would like to rotating Response Tables appear on the slide fixed or When you select the Response Table TurningPoint places it on rotating your slide You can move the Response Table and change the font it uses to better fit your slide You can also delete the Response Table if you no longer want it to appear on the slide To replace an existing Response Table with a different type simply repeat these steps The current Response Table will be replaced with the new one you select Note You can specify that a Response Table should appear automatically on each TurningPoint slide that you create using the Response Table setting a presentation level setting Find more information about mo
59. a presentation TurningPoint slides are slides in a PowerPoint presentation with the ability to dynamically display information based on the responses of an audience Most TurningPoint slides ask the audience to answer a question and then tabulate and display the responses These slides have a question region an answer region and a chart Composition of a slide Enter question text 1 Enter answer 3 text 100 2 r F Question region Enter question text Answer region Enter answer text Chart region This example is a vertical bar chart Charts can be positioned anywhere on the slide 00 The question region contains the text of the question you are asking the audience The answer region contains an enumerated list of answers that the audience can choose from You can even use pictures as the answers Find more information in Create Picture Slides on page 115 The chart shows the results of the audience s choices with a bar slice or other indicator for each answer depending on the type of chart There are six types of charts available Find more information in Chart Slides on page 57 You start by creating some TurningPoint slides You have several options Insert a TurningPoint template slide using the Insert Slide menu in the TurningPoint toolbar Find instructions for inserting a slide in Insert a Slide on page 51 Convert an existing PowerPoint slide in
60. answer data specify which particular questions to include by checking the boxes on the Questions amp Answers tab 9 Select the Participant Info tab 140 Ifyou chose to include the participant information choose which fields from the Participant List to include by checking the boxes on the Participant Info tab The Export Data window displays the Participant Info tab Export Session Data Include or Exclude Data Participant Info tab TurningPoint Export Session Data Include or exclude specific data from export Questions amp Answers Participant Info Responses Scores Participant List Fields F5 or Right click to review or refresh participant information Device ID Last Name First Name Student ID Team 1 Team2 Cancel To view the information from the Participant List press the F5 key or right click in the window and select Refresh Participant List Data This allows you to see the Participant List to help you decide which fields you would like to include in the exported data You can include the following participant information Device Last and first names Device ID Student ID 11 12 Select the Responses tab If you chose to include the responses choose whether to group responses by question or by participant by selecting Show Responses Horizontally or Show Responses Vertically on the Responses tab The E
61. based on participant responses in comparison to other participants Each of these reports creates an Excel file Individual Scoring Report for each participant numeric response labeled correct or incorrect percent scores whether the participant s score puts him her above or below the class average Individual Scoring Report The Individual Scoring Report includes the following information Session Name ReportsStanda rds07_15_07 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 49 PM Tuming Individual Scoring 6667 6667 6667 George Washington Number of Average Percent Correct Your Percent Above Below Questions All Participants Score Class Average 9 58 33 79 1667 Question Your Correct Audience Number Answer Answers Correct 1 1c 1 6667 2 2c 2 50 3 3c 3 50 4 3i 2 50 5 4c 4 6667 6 1i 3 6667 7 1 8 2c 2 50 9 1c 1 6667 Benjamin Franklin Number of Average Percent Correct Your Percent Above Below Questions All Participants Score Class Average E 58 33 75 1667 Question Your Correct Audience Number Answer Answers Correct 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6667 Scoring Distribution Report information The Scoring Distribution Report includes the following the total number of participants the score ratios for assessment number of correct answers to question the number of participants achieving each score ratio the answer value correct incorrect no v
62. bus oO The Word Scramble icebreaker slide asks you to input a word Every other letter from the word is removed For example COMPUTER becomes C_M_U_E_ The removed letters are scrambled and appear as one of four choices The correct choice is automatically marked If you include a Correct Answer indicator the correct choice will be revealed after polling Find more information on adding a Correct Answer indicator in Add a Correct Answer Indicator on page 143 Word Scramble Slide C M_U_E_ PTRO CPHO FJOT IKDB 79 I 7 7 7 Special Slides The final set of slides in the Insert Slides menu are special purpose slides There are several special purpose slides ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Essay Slide Priority Ranking Demographic Comparison and Moment to Moment 2 to 2 Special Slides Menu ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking el W Gl ke ll Demographic Comparison ksi Moment to Moment 2 to 2 ResponseCard RF Channel The ResponseCard RF Channel Slide which displays Slide channel setting instructions for the ResponseCard Radio Frequency devices used by participants The ResponseCard RF Channel Slide displays instructions that show participants how to set the channel code on their response devices If simultaneous presentations are occurring in adjacent room
63. can magnify the responses by placing a check mark in the box next to Magnify Responses Polling Test Magnify Responses Device ID Channel Response A003BF 21i 2 4 Press a key on each TurningPoint displays the Device ID Channel an entry for each response device to be used response device in the order in which they were tested and the key number pressed on each response device Polling Test Response Device Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel A003BF 21 Magnify Values 7 5 Select the End Test button This action ends the Polling test If you are using the Web vPad go to step 6 Otherwise go to step 7 6 Select the Test Web vPad If the connection was successful TurningPoint displays Web button vPad connected Successfully Go to step 7 Polling Test Web vPad Test MAEA TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Device ID Channel Web vPad Test E3 Web vPad connected Successfully Magnify Values Test Web vPad Start Test If connection was not successful TurningPoint displays an error message You should check your settings For more help on settings see Obtain the Web vPad Response Device Settings on page 170 7 Select the Done button The device communication check is now complete Next Steps Return to Check Device Communication on page 185 if an audience member s response is not being accepted during a li
64. computers with typical abilities You do not need the very latest technology or a large amount of hard disk space to use TurningPoint There are however a few requirements that you should check for before installation The requirements for hardware and software are detailed in the following sections Requirements for Hardware The following hardware specifications are required before installing TurningPoint Intel or AMD 600 Mhz class processor 1 GHz or higher recommended 256 MB RAM 256MB or more of available RAM recommended 60 MB hard disk space an additional 32 MB is required if you do not have Microsoft _NET Framework 2 0 installed 800x600 resolution at 24 bit color 1024x768 resolution at 32 bit color or higher recommended Standard USB 1 1 2 0 port Ethernet or 802 11 compatible wireless network card for vPad and vPad Presenter use Requirements for Software The following software applications are required to take full advantage of TurningPoint capabilities Microsoft Windows XP or higher Microsoft Office XP 2003 or 2007 Initial Setup There are two easy steps that need to be completed before you begin using TurningPoint This section will guide you through those steps This section describes how to Install TurningPoint Open TurningPoint with PowerPoint Install TurningPoint In a few simple steps TurningPoint can be installed on your computer The installation process takes just a few minutes and
65. disk E x 2 Type a file name to be used TurningPoint names session files using the current system date to store the session results and time Providing your own name for the file allows you to retrieve the file more easily 3 Select the Save button 4 From the TurningPoint This command clears TurningPoint of the existing session toolbar select the Reset gt results and allows you to run the presentation again to capture Session command new results Reset Sessions w Continue 4 eset Prior Session Se Session Current Slide re fe All Slides Note TurningPoint prompts you to save existing session results when you reset the session and when you exit from TurningPoint without previously saving the session Next Steps You are able to run reports to review the responses provided by each participant for your presentation The TurningPoint reports use the saved session file Find more information on Turning Reports in Chapter 8 Reports Where Do I Go From Here The answer to that question depends upon what you want to do Following is a listing of the remaining chapters in this book along with information about what to find in each chapter Chapter Name Creating and Saving Slides TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Track Participants and Teams Tools Description This comprehensive instructional chapter provides details of not only how to create a slide but also how to add Tu
66. enhance a slide Find information about slide options in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Provides advanced options to set up create a presentation and report data Selects the type of response devices to be used with the presentation Find information about response devices in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Provides options to be used with Participant Lists Find information about these options in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Assigns a Participant List to a session Find information about participant lists in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Chapter 1 About TurningPoint Display Opens the online help file TurningPoint Help 14 Turning Technologies Customer Support Resources This guide defines and demonstrates many of the tools and functions that TurningPoint gives you If you have questions and concerns additional resources are available to you online or by calling a Turning Representative Online Assistance Turning Technologies offers assistance to customers online through the Turning Technologies Web Site To access the web site go to http www turningtechnologies com Go to the Product Guides and Manuals section of the Turning Technologies Web Site to find valuable information about using TurningPoint The Downloads section provides a link to the Quick Start TurningPoint Users Guide Select the link to download the users guide for viewing or printing
67. field group will be deleted TurningPoint User Guide 231 Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams 15 Optionally rearrange the column order in your Participant List a Place a checkmark in the Participant Information Rearrange Columns box next to Check to Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl rearrange column order Te Eat Inet Toe DeviceID LastName First Name StudentID Team1 Team2 Team3 located at the bottom of 5 76 Washington George 1776 Franklin Benjanmin 1752 the window jien a li adams ohn Q 7679 Lincoln abraham 1865 Ford Gerald 7878 Check to rearrange column order editing functionality wil be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open You will have limited editing abilities while this function is active b Select the column you Click and hold the column would like to move want to move c Drag and drop the column to its new location 16 Select File gt Save to save the The new Participant List appears on the TurningPoint toolbar data in the Participant List in the Select a Participant List drop down menu next to the before closing the Participant Participants menu Information window 232 Turning Technologies Create Participant List from Enterprise Manager You can use Enterprise Manager from Turning Technologies with TurningPoint Enterprise Ma
68. fly during the presentation you need to insert a Team Assignment slide Find information about this special slide in Competition Slides on page 61 Step by Step Instructions To set up team competitions 41 Follow step 1 through step 5 In the Participant List Wizard window TurningPoint displays the in Create a Participant List Groups entry box Use this page to add groups to your using Participant List Participant List Wizard on page 221 Type a group name in the TurningPoint displays all groups in the Included Groups list Create a new group field and These groups can represent any type of grouping you wish to select the Add button Repeat assign participants to such as teams class level or any other for all desired team names demographic information Select the groups in the Check marks appear next to the groups designated to column to the right that you compete as teams want to designate as teams who will compete against Participant List Wizard Add Groups each other TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Add Groups to your Participant List You may optionally include Groups within your Included Groups Participant List Participants may be assigned to these groups for purposes of tracking demographics and or team competition Create anew group Check the groups that you wish to be included in team competition Remove 4 Select the Next button to TurningPoint displays the Participant List summary screen
69. incorrect point values go to step 3 If you are done setting point values go to step 4 This displays a text box to enter the value you want incorrect answers to receive The value can range from negative 10 000 to 10 000 Settings Window Incorrect Point Value Incorrect Point Value The incorrect point value is set Repeat step 3 for each slide on which you want to assign individual point values If have finished setting point values go to step 4 Turning Technologies You can change the point value you set by repeating these steps on the same slide and entering the new point value instead Note lf you have assigned negative points to a correct answer or positive points to an incorrect answer use the Point Value reports The Percentage Reports will treat the correct answers with negative points values as incorrect answers and incorrect answer with positive point values as correct answers 4 Select Done You can award points for answers proportionally to how quickly participants respond using speed scoring Find more information in Use Speed Scoring on page 113 You can use speed scoring in competitions to award more points to faster responders Find more information in Use Speed Scoring on page 113 You can clear the point value for a particular answer or for all answers on the slide by following the instructions in Clear Answer Values from the Settings Window on page 108 or Clear Answer Values on a Tu
70. insert a Priority Ranking slide 14 Navigate to the slide you would like the Priority Ranking slide to be inserted after 2 Select Insert Slide from the The Insert Slide menu opens TurningPoint toolbar TAR Convertto Inset Tools v IPicture Slide Objecty Vertical Slide Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide Doughnut Slide Insert Slide Menu E Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides Cer ee oe a Generic Slides Ice Breaker Slides ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking Demographic Comparison Moment to Moment 2 to 2 W E a G e 78 Turning Technologies 3 Select Priority Ranking A dialog box appears asking how many responses you want to allow per participant Priority Ranking Dialog Box TurningPoint How many responses do you want to allow per participant 1 10 Cancel 4 Type the number of The default number of responses is set at 3 The maximum responses you wish to allow number of responses cannot be higher than 10 per participant 5 Select OK A new slide appears prompting you to enter question and answer text Priority Ranking Slide What is important to you 1 Learning the State Capitals Playing Sports Playing Video Games Self image Self improveme
71. more information on Designate a Demographic Slide on page 80 Demographic Comparison Slide How many hours of television do you watch a day The Moment to Moment scoring slide can be used to have participants rate something on a scale of 2 to 2 at regular intervals over a period of time The Moment to Moment slide contains a question region for the question and a chart that shows the average response at each polling interval and a curve connecting the values Polling continues until you stop it by clicking on the slide You can set the polling interval in seconds for a Moment to Moment slide in the TurningPoint settings using the Polling Cycle setting a slide level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Moment to Moment Scoring Slide On a scale of 2 to 2 rate How you feel at this moment are Duration 25 Seconds Insert Special Slides Inserting some Special Slides differs from inserting Chart Competition Template and Special slides as outlined in Insert a Slide on page 51 These slides require additional information or setting changes to function properly This section describes how to Insert a Priority Ranking Slide Designate a Demographic Slide Insert a Demographic Comparison Slide Insert a Priority Ranking Slide You can insert a Priority Ranking slide to allow p
72. name company name telephone numbers etc Available Fields contains all information entries defined for use with TurningPoint Custom allows you to create a personalized Participant List and to name the template or it allows you to select a previously created template from the list 3 Select the Next button to TurningPoint displays the Participant List information entries continue called fields Use this screen to customize a pre defined 4 Optionally select the right gt and left lt arrow buttons to to add or delete selected fields from the template Optionally drag and drop a field from the Available Fields to the Selected Fields 5 Select the Next button to continue template or to select the fields to be included in your Custom template Participant List Add or Remove Fields TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Please select your participant list fields Available Fields Selected Fields Last Name First Name Student ID Add a custom Field Note Find instructions to customize Participant List templates in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams TurningPoint displays the Groups entry box Use this screen to add Groups to your Participant List Groups provide 6 Optionally type in a Group name and select the Add button categorization allowing for team competitions and for greater reporting opportunities Participant List Wizard Add Groups TurningPoint Participant L
73. new color Setting Chart Color 3 Chart Color 4 Chart Color 5 Chart Color 6 Chart Color 7 Chart Color 8 Chart Color 9 Description Determines the third chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the fourth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the fifth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the sixth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the seventh chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the eighth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the ninth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select wind
74. or at an Answer level from the Settings window Conversely you can enable participants to receive negative points for correct answers in the same way Change the point value at the Presentation or Slide level from the Settings window Then set the appropriate answers as Correct directly on the TurningPoint slides or at an Answer level from the Settings window Find more information about Settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You can identify a correct or incorrect answer by following the instructions in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide on page 92 If you assign negative points to a correct answer or positive points to an incorrect answer use the Point Value reports The Percentage Reports will treat the correct answers with negative point values as incorrect answers and incorrect answers with positive point values as correct answers Step by Step Instructions To set a point value for an answer 41 Inthe TurningPoint toolbar This displays the settings window select Tools gt Settings Settings Window TurningPoint Settings Settings poling Test Response Device Answer Settings S1 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Yangon Auto Scale Charts True 4 ere Chart Colors Color Scheme Where is the capital ofPenr Ghart Labels ee 1 Pittsburgh Ch
75. page 128 4 Edit the text in the question region to reflect the question you would like to ask the audience 5 Edit the text in the answer You may enter up to ten answers in the answer region region to reflect the choices the audience will have when responding to the question Repeat this procedure as many times as needed to create your interactive presentation Save the Presentation Slides Your TurningPoint slides are saved as part of your regular PowerPoint ppt presentation file You can share this file with other TurningPoint users Note You can safely open the presentation on computers without TurningPoint installed but you cannot use the TurningPoint features You should not edit the TurningPoint slides on a computer without TurningPoint installed Step by Step Instructions To save your presentation 6 Select the Office Button gt The Save As window opens Save As from the PowerPoint menu 7 Select a location to save the file and type a filename for the file in the space provided 8 Select the Save button to save your file You should keep the ppt extension in the filename to ensure that PowerPoint opens the presentation file TurningPoint saves all of the presentation level settings that you defined in the Settings menu to the presentation itself When you open the presentation on a different computer the saved presentation settings are used instead of the computer s default settings This funct
76. point values Report device number fields defined in the participant list the numerical value of the participant s response to each question an indication of whether the response is correct or incorrect total percent correct Graded Participant Results correct incorrect Report BereRe a one seasg 7 gf ger g 3 32 gsegze r 28 agiz gf srs T 3 6 R gegga H g3 3 EE aeagas E EEFEREE 7 3 z 5 i o gt gaze a R 8 2 amp 3 3 3 p s g ae ae m a gee f Zaubes EU H Qa on er EET gw E HE Fs Z Eag LE 3 OREERT E gaa ifs Rie E aa EEF EE BE ae The report includes the following information for each participant device number first and last name if specified in the Participant List the numerical value of the participant s response to each question an indication of whether the response is correct or incorrect the total number of points Graded Participant Results point values Report voasa ge f ar 3 y PE z T z d R a i weeres he Xa FF o oo Be 2 r amp 3 Graded Participant Results The report includes the following information for each ratio Report participant device number first and last name if specified in the Participant List the numerical value of the participant s response to each question an indication of whether the response is correct or incorrect t Results ratio Report icipan
77. presentation Select Keyboard Keys 0 9 or Simulated Data when testing a presentation 5 From the TurningPoint A task pane appears to the right listing the available Participant toolbar select the Participant Lists The default Participant List is shown as Anonymous List Button and choose the TurningPoint shows all Participant Lists available in the Participant List to be used Participants folder Participant lists located on the desktop or in other folders are not displayed Participant List Selection TurningPoint 2008 Participant Lists Y X Current Participant List Anonymous Available Lists Auto Historic Men Partic 1 Partic 2 Presidents eams Import a List Use Selected List The default setting is Anonymous or Auto If Auto is selected response Device IDs and participants choices are collected without a participant list If Anonymous is selected only participants choices are collected Note You can change the default participant list setting to Auto or Anonymous using the Default Participant setting a presentation level setting Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Run a Presentation 6 Select Use Selected List TurningPoint will use this list when you run your interactive button presentation Participant List Selection Use Selected List TurningPoint User Guide 321 7 From the TurningPoint
78. select a Fill in the Blank or Essay slide Although you can assign keywords for Essay slides keywords are only considered for Fill in the Blank slides for reporting and grading purposes Type the word s to include You can separate multiple keywords with commas as keywords in the space Responses containing any of the keywords will be counted as provided correct Select the Done button in the Settings window to save your changes Turning Technologies Set Point Values from the Settings Window The answer values are used to compute the scores in the summary slides for competitions Additionally they are available in TurningPoint Reports Find more information in Reports on page 341 You can set numerical point value for an answer in the range of negative 10 000 10 000 An answer set as Correct has a default point value of 100 An incorrect answer has a default value of 0 You can assign different point values to different answers if one answer should be awarded more than another for example You can change the default point value settings for both correct and incorrect answers at the Presentation or Slide level form the Settings window For instance you could enable participants to receive positive points even if they answer incorrectly To do this you must first change the point value at the Presentation or Slide level from the Settings window Then set the appropriate answers as Incorrect directly on the TurningPoint slides
79. text to a printer License Agreement ie TurningPoint 2008 InstallShield Wizard License Agreement Please read the following license agreement carefully Lega Disclaimer By participating in the beta test you acknowledge that the TurningPoint 2008 beta software is indeed a beta product and may not represent the final shipping product TurningTechnologies can not be responsible for any issues that occur as a result of running the TurningPoint 2008 beta IMPORTANT READ THESE TERMS CAREFULLY BEFORE INSTALLING THIS SOFTWARE BY INSTALLING OR USING THIS SOFTWARE YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT YOU HAVE READ THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT THAT YOU UNDERSTAND IT AND THAT YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LICFNSF AGRFFMFNT PROMPTI Y FXIT THIS INSTAL ATION vs accept the terms in the license agreement OI do not accept the terms in the license agreement Accepting the terms of the license agreement permits you to continue with the process of installing TurningPoint 5 Select the Next button The next page displays customer information entry fields Customer Information ie TurningPoint 2008 InstallShield Wizard Customer Information Please enter your information User Name p Organization l Install this application For Anyone who uses this computer all users O Only for me Techwrite 6 Type your name and company in the fields 7 Select the Next but
80. that make up the tools in the TurningPoint toolbar Information Information Reset a Reset v Continue Prior Session D Continue Prior Session Save Session kd Save Session Allows you to view information about your TurningPoint License It also provides a mechanism to supply Feedback to Turning Technologies Resets the response tallies from the audience to zero for all slides in the session or only the current slide Find information about polling the audience in Chapter 6 Tools Opens a previously saved session A session is a run through of a presentation where an audience has submitted responses to some or all of the questions Find information about continuing a prior session in Chapter 9 Sessions Stores the current session for retrieval later Find information about saving sessions in Chapter 9 Sessions Insert Slide Convert to Picture Slide Convert to Picture Slide Tools Y Select Input Source Response Devices X Participants Select a Participant List Select a Participant List Displays a menu of TurningPoint slides that you select to create a presentation Find information about TurningPoint slides in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Use to assign and order pictures as answers instead of text Find information about picture slides in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Displays a menu of items that you select to
81. the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 25 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad i Common Settings O All Settings Settings Window Select Correct TurningPoint Settings Settings polling Test Response Device A Answer Settings Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Alias 1 Columbus Answer Value 2 Cincinnati 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 54 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad il il Common Settings O All Settings Answer Value The value for the answer Valid answer values are Correct Incorrect 10000 No Value TurningPoint sets the selected answer as Correct and automatically sets other answers as Incorrect Note You can also set the Correct or Incorrect from the slide Find more information in Identify a Correct Answer ona TurningPoint Slide on page 92 You can have more than one correct answer on a slide by repeating these steps on another answer You can change an answer you marked as Correct to Incorrect by repeating these steps and selecting Incorrect from drop down menu Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Sli
82. the presentation the default location for saved sessions is My Documents TurningPoint Sessions Note lf you did not manually save your last session TurningPoint automatically creates a backup copy and stores it at My Documents TurningPoint Sessions Backup Step by Step Instructions To continue a previously saved session 1 From the TurningPoint Continue Prior Session toolbar select the Continue Prior Session button Hint the icon is an open folder Continue Prior Session TurningPoint displays the Continue Prior Session window that shows the file name file type and where the file is located The default location is My Documents TurningPoint Sessions 2 Navigate to the file you wish TurningPoint opens the previously saved file to open and select the Open button Next Steps From the PowerPoint menu select Slide Show gt View TurningPoint select Use the arrow keys to find the slide you want to be your starting point Continue presenting the session Edit Session Data You can edit TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session data after the session is saved You can choose to exclude a question make a question demographic or change answer values Step by Step Instructions To edit session data 41 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Session Management Edit Session ASL Response Devices 2 Turning Reports jp Session Management a Export S
83. the presentation is shown TurningPoint displays the Showbar in the top right corner of the screen The Showbar is a toolbar that provides activation buttons for polling monitoring and viewing responses during the slide show Showbar responses user Feedback 0 Right click on the Showbar and move your cursor across the Showbar to display each command s name To activate the command you can select the Showbar icon or use the respective Fn key on your keyboard Use the commands on the Showbar as follows F9 Show Hide CJ Showbar F2 Toggle Results F3 Data Slicing E F6 Show the Original Chart F4 Repoll Question EJ Closes the Showbar for the duration of the current presentation session Changes the values displayed on each chart The values can be represented as either numbers or percents Shows the responses on the chart for the portion of the audience who chose a certain response on another question Use this command after using the Toggle Results or Data Slicing commands to return the chart to its appearance when it was first created Clears the responses and accepts new responses from the audience for the currently displayed question Both the original responses and the new responses are stored in the session file a E L F7 Show the Response Grid F8 Show Non Response Grid F10 Go to Next Slide F12 Display Participant Monitor F5 Insert Slide Display inte
84. the question imageposition An optional attribute that sets the question picture position The following are acceptable values L Left R Right F Full The topic element contains the question topic lt topic id gt lt topic gt Attribute Description id An optional attribute that contains a unique identifier for the topic The answers element contains a number of answer elements lt answers gt Each answer element contains answer information as attributes and the answer text as content for a single answer lt answer alias value filename gt Female lt answer gt Attribute Description alias An optional attribute that contains an alias for the question Attribute value filename Description An optional attribute that contains a value for the answer Valid answer values are Correct Incorrect or a point value negative 10 000 10 000 An optional attribute that contains a filename for a picture that can be used in place of the answer text on the slide This attribute is used only if the slide type attribute is set to P Format Word Documents To create a Word document to be imported by the TurningPoint Parser you must create an outline using the heading styles built into Word You can apply the heading styles using the drop down menu in the Formatting toolbar or in the Styles and Formatting pane available through the Format menu Each question must u
85. the settings for Ranking Chart Slides Setting Description Bubble Grouping Bubble Name Visible Determines the number of bubbles shown while rotating using the TAB key on a Ranking Chart slide The acceptable range is 1 10 bubbles The default is set at 3 Determines whether the bubble names are displayed The default is set to True which displays bubble names Setting Bubble Size Value Format Bubble Size Visible Description Determines the displayed format for bubble sizes The acceptable formats are 0 0 0 and 0 00 The default value is set to 0 Determines if bubble size values are visible The default is set to True which shows the bubble size value Response Reminders Settings Enables you to view and set Response Reminders settings Setting Answer Now Answer Now Text Auto Advance Countdown Countdown Seconds Description Select the default Answer Now object that will be automatically added to new slides The default is set to None which does not automatically add an Answer Now indicator All Answer Now objects are available to choose from Change the Answer Now text that is displayed in the Answer Now object The default text is Answer Now Determines whether the SlideShow will automatically advance to the next animation if polling is closed by a Countdown Indicator or Response Counter object The default is set to False which does not automatically advance the SlideShow
86. then you will be ready to create a TurningPoint presentation Before You Begin Check the hardware and software specifications outlined in System Requirements on page 3 A computer must meet these systems requirements before installation Step by Step Instructions To install TurningPoint software on a computer 14 Install TurningPoint in one of two ways e Download the latest The Turning Technologies web site is located at edition of TurningPoint http Awww turningtechnologies com Use your web from the Turning browser to download the file to your computer When the Technologies web site download is complete double click the setup icon to launch the InstallShield Wizard e To install from a CD insert After you insert the CD the InstallShield Wizard launches the CD on the computer automatically 2 If an older version of TurningPoint is installed the InstallShield Wizard window displays a message requesting to uninstall the previous version a Select OK 3 Select the Next button to continue the installation with the InstallShield Wizard 4 Select the button labeled I accept the terms in the license agreement if you accept these terms If this is the first time you are installing TurningPoint or have already uninstalled a previous version continue with step 3 The next page displays the license agreement Use the scrollbar to read the license agreement on the screen or select the Print button to send the
87. understanding of the current one by answering a question correctly Find more information in Conditional Branching on page 289 The Ranking Wizard allows you to create slides to rank items on several criteria Find more information in Ranking Wizard on page 261 The TurningPoint Parser allows you to automatically create presentations from XML or Word documents Find more information in Import Slides with the TurningPoint Parser on page 307 The Import from TestingPoint tool allows you to automatically create presentations from TestingPoint documents Find more information in Import Slides from TestingPoint on page 311 Ranking Wizard You can quickly and easily create slides that support decision making prioritization or other kinds of ranking using TurningPoint s Ranking Wizard The Ranking Wizard automatically creates slides for comparisons of items on one to three criteria then summarizes the results of the comparisons in a chart For example suppose you wanted to prioritize several projects you are considering You might compare them on the basis of cost impact and urgency to rank them You can choose to rank each item on a numerical scale for each criterion For example one slide would ask you to rank Project A on urgency from least 1 to most 10 You can use a scale beginning with 1 and ending with any number up to 10 Alternatively you can choose to compare items on the criteria by pairs For example one slide would ask
88. you can change the settings to enable answers to be numbered 0 9 for zero based polling Step by Step Instructions To enable Zero Based Polling 41 Inthe TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint It looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select Presentation or a Settings Window specific Slide from the TurningPoint Settings Settings Hierarchy rose poling Test Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati argan Auto Scale Charts True aoee Chart Colors Color Scheme 2 Where is the capital of Penr Ghart Labels prs 1 Pittsburgh Chart Value Format 0 2 Har eburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 2 3 Where is the capital of thet J 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad Chart Settings Add in always loaded 4 j y Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings All Settings Selecting Presentation affects all of the slides in the presentation You will need to select the All Settings to reveal the Zero Based Polling Option for the Presentation Selecting a Slide affects the currently selected slide 3 Under the Mi
89. you whether Project A or Project B is more urgent You can include as many items as you wish and you can compare them on up to three criteria The results are displayed in a chart which ranks the items The chart looks similar to this Ranking Wizard chart Bubble size Impact least to most 10 0 ProjectA 5 0 0 0 5 0 10 0 Urgency least to most 0 0 Cost most to least In this example Project D looks like a clear winner since it has the lowest cost most urgency and a relatively high impact The Ranking Wizard gathers information from you about the items the criteria and how you would like to make the comparisons Then it automatically constructs a series of slides with the questions and answers necessary to construct a final comparison chart This section describes how to Create Slides with the Ranking Wizard Create Slides with the Ranking Wizard The Ranking Wizard is located in the Tools menu on the TurningPoint toolbar It guides you through the process of creating a ranking Step by Step Instructions To create slides with the Ranking Wizard 14 Navigate to the slide you When you complete the Ranking Wizard the ranking slides would like the ranking slides will be added to the presentation after the currently visible to be inserted after slide 2 Select Tools from the TurningPoint toolbar The Tools menu opens Response Devices Turning Reports
90. 11 15 24 AM PM9 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PriorityDemogMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Extract Participant List You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere 3 Choose a session file in one of the following ways e Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder e Select a session file from To display the backup session files in the list of files your backup session files select My Backup Session Files e Import a session file from Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to another location locate and select the session file 4 Select the Extract Participant A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for List button below the list of the Participant List file files Extract Participant List Dialog Box Import a Participant List Save in Participants old f Templates My Recent E Historic Men tpl Documents E New List 7 11 2007 2 51 PM tpl lt E Partic 1 tpl E E Partic 2 tpl E Presidents tpl Desktop E Teams tpl My Documents My Computer e
91. 3 Which one isthe United States Flag 110 What is the capital of Michigan 111 What is the capital of Delaware Results by Participant Score The Score Detail Report calculates the percentage of correct Detail Report answers and total points accumulated by each participant Results by Participant Score Detail Report Turning Results by Participant Score Detail Session Name Reports tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 43PM George Washington Correct 40 Total Points 400 Correct 50 Total Points 493 Correct 55 Total Points 500 Correct 20 Total Points 220 Correct 60 Total Points 595 Correct 30 Total Points 333 Participant List Reports The Participant List Reports show the participant data from the Participant List in either a Word file or an Excel file Participant List Word The report shows device number and any of the fields defined Report in the Participant List name contact information demographic groups or teams etc Participant List Word Report Turning Participant List Session Name ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 45 PM Device ID 68EE3BFEBEBG40BC Device ID 68EE3BFEBEB640BC Last Name Washington First Name George Student ID 1776 Team 1 True Device ID A003BF Device ID A003BF Last Name Franklin First Name Benjanmin Student ID 1752 Tea
92. 3 Choose a session file in one of the following ways e Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder e Select a session file from To display the backup session files in the list of files your backup session files select My Backup Session Files e Import a session file from Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to another location locate and select the session file 4 Select the Extract PowerPoint Presentation button below the list of files 5 Specify a name and location for the exported file 6 Select the Save button 7 Select the Finish button to exit the Extract PowerPoint Presentations window A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for the PowerPoint presentation Extract PowerPoint Presentations Window Export Dialog Box Export TurningPoint PowerPoint presentation Save in B My Documents Documents 4 my Maps My Recent My Music Documents Emy Pictures Emy videos E PowerPoint Presentations Desktop TestingPoint 3 TurningPoint My Documents My Computer File name State Capitaly My Network Save as type PowerPoint Presentation ppt Cancel Note You should use the file extension ppt for PowerPoint presentations The file is saved and the dialog closes Extract Session Data as XML You can extract your TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session data into an XML file The XML file is a text mark
93. 34442 Device 1D 90 3233 Device ID 43 4113 Device 1D 9 2248 Device ID 23 1413 P elof1 Results by Group Report The Results by Group Report shows a summary of correct responses for each question by demographic groups This report creates an Excel file The report includes the following information for each question the answers an indication of the correct answer s Types of Reports the percentage of correct responses from each demographic group Results by Group Report Turning Results by Group Session Name ReportsResultsbyGroup07_17_07_05 tpz Created 7 23 2007 3 03 PM 1 Whats your AgeGroup 1 1825 2 2530 3 3140 4 4150 Team 1 65 Team 2 45 2 Whereis thecapital of Ohio 1 Columbus 3 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Team 1 25 Team 2 75 4 Where is the capital of the United States 11 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC Team 1 100 Team 2 100 Pagel of 3 TurningPoint User Guide 379 The Statistics Report shows the overall correct percentage Statistics Report per participant versus mean median and mode This report creates and Excel file Statistics Report Turning Statistics Report Session Name ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 57 PM Mean Correct 18 75 Median Correct
94. 7
95. 7 11 15 24 AM Pm7 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmg tp2 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PriorityDemogMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Extract Session XML File You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 3 Choose a session file in one of the following ways e Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder e Select a session file from To display the backup session files in the list of files your backup session files select My Backup Session Files e Import a session file from Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to another location locate and select the session file 4 Select the Extract Session A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for XML File button below the list the XML file of files Extract Session XML File Dialog Box Export Turning Session Data to XML Save in B My Documents r Documents 4 my Maps My Recent Amy Music Documents 2 My Pictures Emy Videos 3 PowerPoint Presentations O TestingPoint E TurningPoint Desktop
96. 8 Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add additional independent conditions to same slide 9 Select the OK button in the Conditional Branching window when you are finished adding all conditions to the slide For Example See examples of how to add multiple conditions to a slide on page 296 The examples below show you how to add a variety of multiple conditions both linked and independent to a slide Example 1 illustrates multiple conditions linked together All three conditions must be met for TurningPoint to branch to the designated slide listed in the third condition TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Example 1 Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to United States AND Condition OR Condition Add Delete al Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Number of Responders and Number of Responders and Percentage of Responses then go to 4 Where is the capital of the United States Cancel During the presentation if one participant selects Cincinnati AND if one participant selects Cleveland AND if less than half select Youngstown then the presentation continues with slide 4 Examples 2 1 and 2 2 illustrate two independent conditions added to the same slide Example 2 1 TurningPoint Conditional Branching amp Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohi
97. 80 28 How many hours of televis Allow Duplicates Anonymous Correct Point Value Demographic Incorrect Point Value Multiple Response Divisor Question Alias Response Data Responses Speed Scoring Zero Based Polling Response Reminders Settings a Auto Advance Color Scheme Aliases 0 False False False 150 ma v ra What is your age group False 1 False False Common Settings O Al Settings Demographic Determines if this question will be treated as a demographic question 4 Select True 5 Select Done Your slide is now a Demographic Slide Insert a Demographic Comparison Slide The Demographic Comparison slide can be used to visually display the results of a question slide in terms of certain demographic information gathered from the audience For example you could use this slide to show how participants age groups influence the number of hours of television they watch per day To do this you first create a question slide asking participants what age group they fall under and then designate that slide as Demographic Next poll participants by asking How many hours or television they watch a day Finally you insert a Demographic Comparison slide that provides percentages for how many hours of television each participant s age group watches a day Demographic Comparison Slide How many hours of television do you watch a day
98. Add a Response Table A Response Table keeps track of which participants have submitted a response A Response Table appears during a presentation when polling opens and disappears when polling is closed The Response Table shows each participant s number and a background color that changes when a response from the participant has been successfully received The Response Table is available in two types fixed and rotating A fixed table shows all the participants A rotating table displays up to 40 participants at a time and rotates through the list every few seconds It shows participants 1 40 then 41 80 and so on When it reaches the last participant the next rotation starts again with 1 A rotating table takes up less space on your slide if you have more than 40 participants Response Table RB WN PRP Where is the capital of Ohio Columbus Cincinnati Youngstown Cleveland 50 20 20 10 Note You can specify the rotation interval in seconds for a rotating Response Table using the Rotation Interval setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 The Response Table can be moved and the font can be changed like an ordinary PowerPoint object Step by Step Instructions To add a Response Table 14 Navigate to the
99. B 003 du Canada Content 1 About TurningPoint 0000c eee e eee Product Introduction 0 0 ccc ee ee eee 2 System Requirements 0000 00 eee e ee eaee 3 Requirements for Hardware 00 0 cece eee 3 Requirements for Software 0 0 0 ce eee eee 3 Initial Setup nenna siaina sehag hee that eee deen 4 Install TurningPoint 00 000 ee eee 5 Open TurningPoint with PowerPoint 10 Tour of the TurningPoint Toolbar 12 Customer Support Resources 0 0000 cee eee 15 Online Assistance aeea aidaa ia aa a a eee 15 Customer Support naana nanana 15 Where Do Go From Here 1 0 0 0 0 ccc ee eee 17 Five Steps to Presentation Success 000505 20 Step One Create Presentation Slides 22 Step Two Set Up the Response Devices 26 Step Three Create a Participant List 33 Step Four Run a Presentation Session 39 Step Five Save Session ResultS 000000e 43 Where Do Go From Here 1 0 ee 45 Creating Slides 0 202 000 0 cece eee 51 Insert a Slide 0 0 000 0 cece 51 Save the Presentation Slides 2204 54 Types of Slides 0 0 0020 eee 56 Chart Slides 000000 cece 57 Competition Slides 2020000 2 eee 61 Template Slides 00002 eee eens 65 Spe
100. Board Team Leader Board Accumulate Points Participant Leader Board Participant Leader Board Accumulate Points Showbar Expansion Insert a Custom Slide B Bmw oaaes jr If you chose to create a custom slide type the question in the top region of the window Type the answer choices in the lower region separating each answer with a line break The Custom Question window opens to display the fields for typing the question and answer choices to be used on the interactive slide Insert Slide Custom Question TurningPoint Custom Question nter question text Enter answer text Insert Slide Custom Question TurningPoint Custom Question nter question text Enter answer text r Guide 3 Select the Insert Add button A new interactive slide appears after the slide you had been viewing displaying the new question Note if you would like to reuse the presentation with the newly added slide save the file From the PowerPoint menu select File gt Save As If you forget TurningPoint asks you before closing Data Slicing View Results by Question After receiving response data TurningPoint can cross reference the responses of one question to another set of responses This function called data slicing is particularly useful for analyzing demographic information For example you can find out whether a certain age group in the audience prefers a certain t
101. Built in Standards List Create a Custom Standards List Assign Standards to Slides Create a Built in Standards List TurningPoint 2008 comes loaded with built in standards per state subject and grade level Create a list of standards using any of these criteria Chapter 6 Tools Step by Step Instructions 1 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar 270 To create a Built in Standards List The Tools menu opens i Heee amp MOPE Response Devices Turning Reports Session Management gt Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver Select Standards Turning Technologies 2 Select Standards from the Tools menu 3 Select the Built in Standards Lists tab The Standards window opens TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Standards Window Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade z x v Current Standards List Presentation Standards for Current Selection Add Category Add Standard Remove ait Field This displays a window with four drop down menus state country topic subject and grade
102. Clear Answer Values Clear All Answer Values Values box The answer values for all answers on the slide are set to No Value Note To clear an answer value you can also set No Value in the Answer Value setting a slide level setting for each answer Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Find information for setting Correct or Incorrect values in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide on page 92 112 Turning Technologies Find information for setting point values in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 103 Use Speed Scoring Speed scoring awards points proportionally based on how quickly a participant responds Any slide with correct or point value answers marked can be used for speed scoring If you use speed scoring a participant receives all the points for a answer when responding correctly before the countdown begins When the countdown begins the points a participant is awarded are scaled proportionally by the amount of time remaining In a 10 second countdown a response with 5 seconds remaining is awarded half 5 10 the points Below are two examples Example 1 Answer A is given a point value of 10 points When polling opens if the participant selects answer A immediately they will receive 10 points A
103. File name portsDemog3 icipant Lis j Save My Network Save as type Participant List tpl v Cancel 5 Specify a name and location for the exported file Note You should use the file extension tpl for Participant List files 6 Select the Save button The file is saved and the dialog closes 7 Select the Finish button to exit the Extract Participant List window Next Steps You can now edit the Participant List or use it in a presentation Find more information in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Extract PowerPoint Presentation You can extract the PowerPoint presentation from a session file This is especially useful if you have a session file but have lost the corresponding PowerPoint presentation or if you created the presentation on a different computer Step by Step Instructions To extract a PowerPoint presentation 41 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Session Management gt Extract PowerPoint Presentations AL Response Devices E Turning Reports jy Session Management C Export Session Data Standards A Participant Merge Excel Comparative Links fa Merge Session Files Conditional Branching jg Extract Participant List LA Extract Session XML File ba Send Session ca Edit Session Parser Update Parser Template E me Se A Import from TestingPoint L Extract PowerPoint Presentations E3 amp Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizar
104. ResultsbyGroup PM7 ReportsScoringStandard Pme ReportsStandards PM9 8 PriorityDemogMoment Add a new column to the Turning Participant Merge Report Clasd Add Column Select the sessions you want Highlight the sessions and use the left lt button to add the to merge from the list of sessions to your column Use the right gt to remove sessions sessions from your columns Participant Merge Window Select Sessions Participant Merge Available Fields For Merge Percentage Corect O Points amp Class PMI 3 Reports PM10 ReportsDemag PM11 ReportsDemag2 e pai2 Ey ReportDemoo PM2 ReportsDemogEDIT PM3 ReportsDemoOnly PM4 ReportsMoment 8 PM5 ReportsRanking PME ReportsResultsbyGroup 8 PM7 ReportsScoringStandard PMB ReportsStandards PM9 PriorityDemogMoment Add a new column to the Turning Participant Merge Report Add Column Repeat steps 3 and 4 until you have created all of the columns you want added to the Participant Merge Report 5 Alternately remove all of the columns by selecting the button that looks like a trash can 6 Select the Field you want to merge the Participants Lists under from the Available Fields for Merge 7 Select whether the report should display Percentage Correct or Points The sessions will be merged based on the selected valu
105. Standards Session Name ReportsStanda rdsO7_15 _07 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 47 PM State Capitals 51 85 1 Where s thecapital of Ohio R percent _ count Columbus 66 67 4 Cincinnati 16 67 1 Youngstown 16 67 1 Cleveland o Totals 00 G 2 Where is thecapital of Pennsylvania Responses percent count Pittsburgh 16 67 1 Harrisburg 50 3 Scranton 16 67 1 Philadelphia 16 67 1 Totals 100 GB 3 Where is the capital of the United States R es percent count Washington State 0 o Washington PA 33 33 2 Washington D C 50 3 Washington NC 16 67 1 G 4 Whereis thecapital of New Mexico Albuquerque 0 Santa Fe 50 Los Alamos 33 33 Carlsbad 16 67 5 Whereis thecapital of Virginia Respons percent count Alexandria 16 67 1 Lynchburg 16 6756 1 Martinsville Ox o 4 z Richmond 6657 Pagelof2 Individual Standards Report The Individual Standards Report includes the following information for each individual participant for each standard the participant s percentage of comprehensive for all questions that are associated with the standard the questions associated with the standard the answers for each question an indication of the correct answer s an indication of the participant s response and whether it was correct Individual Standards Report Turning individu
106. Turning Technologies 3 Optionally edit the existing data in the white fields by selecting the entries and typing new information Optionally add a new participant by right clicking in in the row above the row that you want to add a participant and selecting Add Participant 5 Optionally Add a Field a Select a row in the Participant Information window TurningPoint User Guide Manage Participant Lists Participant Information Window Add New Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl DER i Fie Edt Import Number of Participants 6 Device ID Last Name First Name Student ID Team1 Team2 Team3 1 Washington George 1776 Frankin Benjanmin 1752 3 Hamilton Alexander 1801 4 Adams John Q 7679 Cut Copy Paste Clear Select All Remove Participant s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open TurningPoint will insert the new group field to the right of the row you have selected 245 Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams b Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 Ctrl x Ctri C Paste Ctrl Select All Ctri A Clear Del Add Participant Remove Participant s A
107. WebCT Wizard gt Campus Edition 6 0 Vista 3 4 Response Devices Ww Turning Reports Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Bee amp i he Ranking Wizard amp Campus Edition 4 1 aai L Campus Edition 6 0 Vista3 4 VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings gt GOPE Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select the button next to WebCT Wizard Select Task Export Student Data to the WebCT Gradebook Email WebCT Wizard Student Reports TurningPoint WebCT Wizard What would you like to do Import Participant Lists Export Student Data to the WebCT Gradebook Email Student Reports TurningPoint User Guide 409 Chapter 10 Export 2 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays the WebCT Log In window 4 Enter your login information WebCT Wizard Login TurningPoint WebCT Wizard WebCT Log In Server Name IP rista4partner webct com Port Number 3602 User Name Password oe if not using WebCT sign in please leave password blank Cancel TurningPoint saves the Server Name IP and the Port Number You must enter your username and password The system prompts you for the Institution s name and then displays all courses associated with your user name and password 5 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays a windo
108. a Answer Settings Answer Alias Columbus Answer Value No Value Common Settings Al Settings Chart Settings This enables you to view and change the chart settings Setting Description Answer Alias Determines the Alias Name that is used for the chart labels and in some reports The default is set to the answers entered during slide creation Answer Value Determines whether the Answer is Correct Incorrect or has no answer or give the answer a point value of negative 10 000 to 10 000 Where Do I Go From Here If you are setting up your devices for the first time the next step is to create your Participant List A Participant List allows you to track the responses provided by your audience for each slide you present Find instructions to create a Participant List in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams If you have installed new response device hardware and you have already set up your Participant List you can create a new interactive presentation or run an existing presentation using the new device Find instructions to create slides in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Find instructions to run a presentation in Chapter 7 Run Presentations Track Participants and Teams Participant Lists identify the members of your audience your students your trainees your survey respondents who will use a response device to respond to questions during your presentation The participant na
109. a Course Management System With access to WebCT Blackboard or TurningPoint Enterprise Manager you can import data from a course management system server and add it to an existing Participant List in TurningPoint Before You Begin If you have not imported data from a server on a course management system before find more information in Create a Participant List from a Course Management System on page 236 to know what you need to do in WebCT Blackboard or TurningPoint Enterprise Manager before you begin This function allows you to add data to a Participant List as long as the total number of participants remains less or equal to the number of response devices The maximum number of response devices was defined when first creating the list and you may not exceed that number Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Participants gt Edit a Participant List Select the existing Participant List to be used and then the Open button From the toolbar in the Participant Information window select Tools gt Import Then select Blackboard WebCT or Enterprise Manager depending on your system Type the requested information to connect to the server Select the file containing the data you wish to import and then the Open button Select File gt Save To add Participant List data TurningPoint displays a window where you can select the file you wish to edit The Participant Information
110. a Play Animations button is displayed adjacent to the thumbnail of the slide containing the indicator Clicking on the Play Animations button causes the indicator to perform its animation on the slide This section describes how to Add an Answer Now Indicator Add a Countdown Indicator Add Countdown Sound to a Countdown Indicator Add a Response Counter Add a Response Table Add a Correct Answer Indicator Add Text Messaging Add Statistics Indicators Add an Answer Now Indicator An Answer Now indicator gives the audience a visual cue that the slide is a TurningPoint slide to which they have the opportunity to respond An Answer Now indicator appears during a presentation when polling opens and disappears when polling is closed Note You can specify that an Answer Now indicator should appear automatically on each TurningPoint slide that you create using the Answer Now setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Answer Now Indicators are available in 12 styles Answer Now Indicators o 2 7 Answer Pow Com oer Now 8 wag f ATA gt Answer Now lt D RS Now Answer Now 1 Bevel Left Explosion Right Explosion O Scroll Bolt O Prompt 7 Moon O Sun Banner O Marquis D Smiley Twilight The Answer Now indicator can be moved and resized like an ordinary PowerPoint object Yo
111. agies corn 176 Turning Technologies Response Device Management b Type in the URL 8 Enter the Username a Double click in the blank This opens a text box in which you can type in the space to the right of Username for the Web vPad Server Username and directly below where you entered Web vPad Settings Username the URL TurningPoint User Guide 177 Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management b Type in the Username 9 Enter the Password a Double click in the blank This opens a text box in which you can type in the space to the right Password for the Web vPad Server Password and directly below where you entered Web vPad Settings Password the Username 178 Turning Technologies Response Device Management b Type in the Password 10 Enter the Session Name a Double click in the blank This opens a text box in which you can type in the space to the right of Session Name for the Web vPad Server Session Name and directly below where you entered Web vPad Settings Session Name the Password TurningPoint User Guide 179 Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management b Type in the Session Name 44 Enter the Access Code a Double click in the blank This opens a text box in which you can type in the space to the right of Access Code for the Web vPad Server Access Code and directly below where you entered Web vPad Settings Access Code th
112. al Standards Session Name ReportsStandards07_15_07 tpz Crested 7 23 2007 2 46 PM George Washington State Capitals 66 67 1 Where s thecapital of Ohio Y Columbus Cincinnati Youngstown Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Pittsburgh Harrisburg Scranton Philadelphia lt 3 Where is thecapital of the United States Washington State Washington PA Y Washington D C Washington NC 4 Where i thecapital of New Mexico Albuquerque Santa Fe Los Alamos Carlsbad 5 Where is the capital of Virginia Alexandria Lynchburg Martinsville Y Richmond 6 What is the capital of Tennessee Gatlinburg Memphis Nashvile Knoxville 7 Which oneis the United States Flag 1 2 3 4 8 Whats the capital of Michigan Ann Arbor Lansing Grand Rapids East Lansing lt Pagel of 7 When generating the Individual Standards Report you have the option of creating page breaks between each participant s section Group Standards Report The Group Standards Report displays the percentage of correct responses from each group for each standard Group Standards Report Turning Group Standards Session Name ReportsStandards07_15_07 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 46 PM State Capita Team 1 63 Team 2 755 Pagel of 1 Comparative Scoring Reports The Individual Scoring and Scoring Distribution Reports show a summary of scoring information
113. alue acceptable answer choices number of responses each answer received Scoring Distribution Report Turning Scoring Distribution Report Session Name ReportsStandardsO7_15_07 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 50 PM Scoring Distribution Score ratios for assessment correct answers to Number of participants achieving score questions ratio Bouto 8 Joutof 8 Gout 8 Soutof 8 4outof 8 3outof 8 2outo 8 louto 8 Oout of 8 Total Participants 6 Question Performance Data Incorrect Incorrect Incorrect Comect Incorrect Incorrect Corect Incorrect 5 6 Team Scoring Reports The Team Scoring Percentage and the Team Scoring Points Reports show overall team results the correct answer for each questions the number of responses per answer for each question results for each question and the correct answer highlighted in green While generating these report you have the option to exclude response detail Each of these reports creates an Excel file Team Scoring Percentage Report the answers the overall percentage of questions each team answered correctly the percentage of team members that answered each question correctly Turning Team Scoring Report Session Name ReportsDemog2 tpz Created 7 23 2007 251PM Overall Team Scores Team 1 62 5 Team 2 10 1 Where is the capital of Ohio Columb
114. an one text message to a slide For example you might add a Respond Now message to send when polling opens and a Time Is Up message to send when polling closes Since Text Messages are objects on your slide you can use PowerPoint s animation features to time when they should be displayed Find more information in PowerPoint s online help Step by Step Instructions To add a Text Message 4 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to adda Text Message 2 Select Insert Object from the The Insert Object menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Insert Object Menu Psi mee Response Devices F n x Tools Charts gt Answer Now b Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table b Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats b Text Message 3 Select Text Message 4 Type your message in the dialog box and select the OK button A dialog box appears asking you to enter the text of the message Text Message Dialog Box TurningPoint Please enter a message Cancel A speech balloon displays in the upper left corner of the slide When TurningPoint is running the presentation session this symbol notifies the participants in the audience to check their vPads for a text message Slide with Text Message Where is the capital of Ohio Columbus Cincinnati Youngstown BR WU N PR 50 Cleveland 20 20 10 You may now alter t
115. anage Participant Lists Participant Information Edit Menu Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 me Student ID Copy Paste Select All Clear Add Participant Remove Participant s Add Field Group Add Field Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options Participant Information Field Group Entry Participant Information Please enter the name of the Field Group Team 1 This displays a text entry window TurningPoint User Guide 249 Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams d Enter the new name of the field group e Select Ok The Field Group has been renamed 8 Optionally Remove a Field Group a Select the Field Group that you want to remove b Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 Ctrl x Ctrl C Paste Ctrl y Select All Ctrit A Clear Del Add Participant Remove Participant s Add Field Remove Field Group Add Gr
116. anagement on page 171 to manage the settings for the response devices If an audience member s device is not being accepted check the device s ability to communicate Step by Step Instructions To Check Device Communication 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays the Settings window toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select the Polling Test Tab TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen Use this screen to verify that TurningPoint can receive responses from the devices Settings Window Polling Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel Magnify Values C Start Test 3 Select the Start Test button TurningPoint is now ready to accept responses from the response devices You can magnify the responses by placing a check mark in the box next to Magnify Responses Polling Test Magnify Responses Device ID Channel Response A003BF 21 2 4 Press a key on each TurningPoint displays the Device ID Channel an entry for response device to be used each response device in the order in which they were tested and the key number pressed on each response device Polling Test Response Device Test Settings Poling Test Device 1D Channel A0038F 21 Magnify Values 7 End Test 5 Select the End Test button This action ends the Polling test 6 Select the Done button The device com
117. and Light Blue is the last Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 6 Ifyou chose to use User Defined or Correct Incorrect specify the colors to use by completing the following steps a Select Chart Color 1 The Select Chart colors pop up window opens through Chart Color 10 or Chart Color Correct Chart Settings Window Chart Colors Color Incorrect from the Settings window Chart Color Incorrect b Select one of the colors A grid of 40 color swatches you can choose from is labeled 1 10 or Correct displayed and Incorrect Color Swatches Select Color eee OD _ 0 EE c Select a color from the The grid of swatches closes and the color is assigned swatches To change all colors back to their defaults select the Defaults button 122 Turning Technologies d Repeat steps b c for all colors you would like to change e Select the Done button to save the changes to the colors 7 Select the Done button in the Settings window to save your changes If you made changes to the presentation level setting all slides in your presentation will reflect the new colors as will any new slides you create If you made changes to the slide level setting the slide you selected will reflect the new colors Make a PowerPoint Slide Interactive by Inserting a Chart You can make an ordinary PowerPoint slide interactive by adding a chart to a slide that already has a question and a list of answers Create one or more
118. and ranked You can set up a ranking in TurningPoint using the Ranking Wizard Receiver A receiver is a device that attaches to your computer to receive IR or RF signals from response devices Reset To return the response tallies from the audience to zero Report Reports present and analyze the data from a session ina variety of useful ways You can create reports from a session using the Report Wizard Response A response is the signal received from a participant during polling The response usually corresponds with one of a list of answers on the slide ResponseCard A ResponseCard is a type of hardware response device that use infrared IR or radio frequency RF signals to communicate a participant s response Response Counter A Response Counter is an object on a TurningPoint slide that gives a visual indication of how many of the participants have responded to the question Response Grid A Response Grid is available from the Showbar and is used to show which participants have responded to a question Response Table A Response Table is an object on a TurningPoint slide that shows which participants have responded to a question Showbar The Showbar is a toolbar that provides activation buttons for polling monitoring and viewing responses during the slide show Session A session is a run through of an interactive presentation where an audience has submitted responses to some or all of the questions
119. anking slide weighs participants choices and then ranks them accordingly Demographic Comparison Slide Priority Ranking slides allow participants to respond toa question or poll multiple times You select the number of responses maximum of 10 allowed per participant The participants responses are then weighted with points assigned to each response First choices are weighted with more points than second choices second more than third etc By allowing participants to choose more than one option you can see a more diverse range of their preferences The Priority Ranking slide displays the weighted scores assigned to the answers based on participant responses Find more information in Insert a Priority Ranking Slide on page 76 Priority Ranking Slide What is important to you 1 Learning the State Capitals Playing Sports Playing Video Games Self image Self improvement Sleeping NOU BR WN Eating A Demographic Comparison slide shows results based on certain demographic information The Demographic Comparison slide visually displays the results of a question based on certain demographic information obtained from the audience For instance you can insert a comparison slide that calculates how participants ages relate to the amount of television that they watch To use a Demographic Comparison Slide you must first designate a Moment to Moment Scoring slide as Demographic Find
120. are found in the chapters that follow This section describes how to Step One Create Presentation Slides Step Two Set Up the Response Devices Step Three Create a Participant List Step Four Run a Presentation Session Step Five Save Session Results Step One Create Presentation Slides Using TurningPoint to create an interactive presentation requires some basic PowerPoint knowledge and your imagination Your slides can simply contain question and answer text or you can add TurningPoint objects to each slide to allow your participants to interact effectively with your presentation TurningPoint s objects include answer reminders timers and response indicators to name a few Before You Begin Install TurningPoint on the machine to be used to run the presentation Find installation instructions in Install TurningPoint on page 5 You should be familiar with the basics of creating slides using PowerPoint This manual discusses how to use TurningPoint to create interactive presentation slides Step by Step Instructions To create a simple slide 1 From the TurningPoint This displays a variet of pre defined slides Each slide can be toolbar select the Insert Slide used as is or customized to behave as you desire menu Step One Create Presentation Slides As you move your cursor over the entries in the Insert Slide menu the slide name is highlighted Find more information on slides in Types of Slides on page 56 Convertto
121. arser Import Slides from TestingPoint Import Slides with the TurningPoint Parser The TurningPoint Parser is located in the Tools menu and allows you to automatically create slides from Microsoft Word or XML files Step by Step Instructions To import slides with the TurningPoint Parser 41 Select Tools from the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Update Parser Template Response Devices 2 Turning Reports Session Management gt E Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint amp i e Parser Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager GOP GE Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver w g 2 Optional Select Update The slides you import will be created with default Parser Template characteristics that may not match your settings You can use the Update Parser Slides command to update the imported slides to match your settings 3 Select Tools from the TurningPoint toolbar The Tools menu opens Import Slides Select TurningPoint Parser Response Devices w Turning Reports Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching TT Import from TestingPoint Update Parser Template H w Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade T
122. art Value Format 0 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 1 3 Where is the capital of the fF 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 3 Lo Alamos Add In always loaded maniacs Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Chart Settings To assign the same point values to the whole presentation go to step 2 To assign point values to a specific slide go to step 3 2 Assign the same point values to the whole presentation a Select Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy b Under the Misc heading select Correct Point Value This displays the available presentation settings TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Settings Window Modify Slides Device 1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 5 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad S Answer Settings A
123. articipants to respond multiple times to a question The responses are then weighted and ranked accordingly You could use a Priority Ranking slide to find out a what is most important to participants You insert a Priority Ranking slide select the number of responses you want to allow per participant and then ask participants what is most important You ask participants to enter their first choice as their first response their second choice second etc Choices entered first are weighted more heavily For example You create a slide with five possible answers You allow three responses choices per participant where first the choice is worth ten points the second nine and the third eight You have six participants providing responses The first three participants select 5 4 3 as answers in that order The second three participants select 1 2 3 as answers in that order TurningPoint calculates the results as depicted in the table below Priority Ranking Calculation Sample Answer Number Participant Answer Answer Point Value Total Points Receive Selection Order by Answer 3 responses 10 points each 3 i L 5 5 1schoice 3 responses 10 points each The table shows that despite participants selecting answers 1 and 5 as their first choice 3 times each all six participants selected answer 3 This gives answer 3 a higher priorty for the group as a whole Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Step by Step Instructions To
124. at Description Determines type of answer bullets TurningPoint will display The available settings include Alpha Lowercase Parenth a Alpha Lowercase Period a Alpha Upercase Period A Decimal Parenth 1 Decimal Period 1 Roman Lowercase Period i Roman Uppercase Period l Backup Settings Enables you to view and change the Backup Settings Setting Backup Maintenance Backup Sessions Real time Backup Path Description Sets the number of days a backup session will be kept before being automatically deleted Youcan seta range between one and ninety days The default set at seven days Automatically have TurningPoint create a backup copy of all your completed sessions The default is set at True which will create a backup copy Determines the location that your real time backup session will be saved When you determine a location TurningPoint saves an XML version of your session while you are conducting it The default is set at None To change the location 1 Double click the current setting to open a dialog box 2 Manually enter the location or navigate to one by selecting the ellipses 3 This activates an explorer window 4 Choose your location 5 Select OK 6 Select Apply to set the location To restore to the default location double click the current setting and select Turn Real Time Backup Off Chart Settings This enables you to view and change the chart settings Setti
125. ata slicing 325 336 AOT i chu Dt hea 442 delimited file 406 delimiter 406 Demographic Comparison Competition Slides 61 Fastest Responders Slide Participant Leader Board Slide 005 62 Team Assignment Slide 61 Team Leader Board Slide Lieinad E eea ed 62 63 competitions 61 assigning teams 224 255 identifying groups 35 setting up 255 Composition of a slide 49 53 conditional branching 259 289 OOP cis ee ees 441 setting up 289 Convert PowerPoint slides 123 Correct Answer indicator 143 def eee 441 Correct Answers 89 92 Correct Incorrect values 404 see also answers Countdown indicator 132 def 2 ee 442 Countdown Sound 135 442 Custom Question window 335 Custom standards 275 editing 278 customer support 15 Slide 74 75 81 inset oiadi eaten d 81 Demographic Reports 352 Demographic Comparison Chart 352 Demographic Report 393 Graphical Comparison Chart ietlataeiresiait ss 353 demographic reports 336 creating groups for 224 Demographic Slide designate 80 device ID def 33 Easy Grade Pro 400 edit Chart 00 86 slide answer 54 slide question 54 Enterprise Manager Log in Window
126. ay down the list to specify the e Designate questions as bonus questions not to be included in the score totals by checking the boxes 15 When you have finished modifying the settings on the applicable tabs select the Next button 16 Specify the order of the fields in the exported file by moving the fields up and down the list by selecting the Move Up and Move Down buttons ranges To change values downward grade on an easier scale start from D and work your way up the list Questions you designate as bonus questions are not included in the total number of questions for calculating scores but are included in a participant s number correct The Export Data window displays a set of settings for specifying the format of the exported file Export Session Data Select Format TurningPoint Export Session Data Select order and delimiter format Delimited Format 8 Data is delimited Ca by a specific e Answers character Device ID Last Name fixed width 2 First Name Data is delimited by a Fixed number of Student ID spaces Team 1 e Cleveland Scores percent wa Text qualifier ri Determines what delimiter is used for e Cincinnati Join fields e Youngstown Example export 6SEESBFEBEB640BC Washington George 1776 True True 0 lt gt Cancel There is an example entry at the bottom of the window showing a sam
127. button TurningPoint displays the Device ID Channel if applicable an entry for each response device in the order in which they were tested and the key number pressed on each response device Polling Test Response Device Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel A003BF 21 Magnify Values C This action ends the Polling test If you are using the Web vPad go to step 6 Otherwise go to step 5 5 Select the Test Web vPad If the connection was successful TurningPoint displays Web button vPad connected Successfully Go to step 7 Polling Test Web vPad Test TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Device 1D Channel Web vPad Test R Web vPad connected Successfully Magnify Values 7 Test Web vPad Start Test If connection was not successful TurningPoint displays an error message You should check your settings For more help on settings see Obtain the Web vPad Response Device Settings on page 170 6 Select the Done button The response device testing is now complete Step Three Create a Participant List Participant Lists identify the members of your audience your students your trainees your survey respondents who will use a response device during your presentation The participant name and required information is stored along with information about their assigned device which is identified by number for example 1 2 3 and s
128. c Harrisburg 3 Whereisthecapitalof the United States 3c Washington D C 4 Where isthe capital of New Mexico 4i Santa Fe 5 Whereis thecapital of the United States 3c Washington D C 6 Where isthe capital of Virginia 4c Richmond 7 Whereis the capital of Virginia 3i Richmond 8 What is the capital of Tennessee 2i Nashville 9 Which one is the United States Flag 10 What isthe capital of Michigan 4i 11 What isthe capital of Delaware 2i Dover 40 Benjanmin Franklin Responses 1 Whereisthecapitalof Ohio 1c Columbus 2 Whereis the capital of Pennsylvania 2c Harrisburg 3 Whereisthecapitalof the United States Washington D C 4 Whereis the capital of New Mexico 2c Santa Fe 5 Whereis thecapital of the United States 2i Washington D C 6 Whereisthecapital of Virginia 4c Richmond 7 Whereis thecapital of Virginia 1i Richmond 8 What is the capital of Tennessee 2i Nashville 9 Which one is the United States Flag 1 10 What isthe capital of Michigan 2c 11 What isthe capital of Delaware 4i Dover SO Tuming Results by Participant Answer Detail Session Name Reports tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 43 PM Results by Participant Answer Detail Report for each question This list enables you to match the numerical value of the participant s response number 1 or 2 etc to the actual answer e g yes or no and highlights
129. ce Report 373 Moment to Moment Report oct Seah Fk iy org a Redd SRS 374 Outline Report 374 375 Participant Questions and parser def E EE 443 Parser Documents 300 Participant Information window installation 5 interactive results 326 328 keywords 95 logical operators 294 Modify Slides 85 Moment to Moment Slide 75 COE sioari en eee 443 Comments 376 Participant Questions and Comments Report 376 Ranking Summary Report Report 378 ee eee cr 226 244 edit Participant List 226 Participant Leader Board Slide Participant List 219 0 ane ee ee 219 443 addafield 227 245 add agroup 228 247 add groups 225 add participant 245 add remove fields 223 224 adding teams 224 255 create using Blackboard 236 create using WebCT 236 creating 33 221 customizing fields 223 deleting 252 edit 5 4 245 253 edit from Pariticipant List window 226 edit from Participant List window 226 extracting 426 manage 243 MENGE oo caw cee 4 417 modify 243 rearrange columns 232 251 remove field 231 250 remove group 231 250 rename field 230 249 rename group 230 249 saving 239 242 using templates34 222 226
130. cial SIDES sea S bok vet eee bh ees 70 Insert Special Slides 202 00 00 ccc eee eee 76 Insert a Priority Ranking Slide 2 0000 76 Designate a Demographic Slide 80 Insert a Demographic Comparison Slide 81 Modify Slides soora 4c4ee824 ues oe Peed ed ae alte od 85 Change Chart Types 2000 0c eee eee 86 Enable Zero based Polling 00 ee eae 87 Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window 89 Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide 92 Use Keywords for Fill in the Blank Slides 95 Set Point Values from the Settings Window 97 Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide 103 Clear Answer Values from the Settings Window 108 Clear Answer Values on a TurningPoint Slide 111 Use Speed Scoring 0 0 cee eee 113 Create Picture Slides 0 0 00 e eee ee eee 115 Change Chart Colors 2200000 cece eee 118 Make a PowerPoint Slide Interactive by Inserting a Chart 123 Disable Auto Scale in Charts 0000 000 126 Add Objects 00000 c eee eee 128 Add an Answer Now Indicator 0005 129 Add a Countdown Indicator 000 e ee 132 Add Countdown Sound to a Countdown Indicator 135 Add a Response Counter 000 0c eee neat 138 Add a Response Table 000 cc eee eee 141 Add a Corre
131. cipa Turning Reports Session Management Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint TurningPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards Blackboard Wizard VYantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings au Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 3 From the TurningPoint The TurningPoint Settings window opens displaying two toolbar select Tools gt tabs Settings and Polling Test Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of Settings Window eyeglasses TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Response Device Answer Settings Presentation S1 Where is the capital of Ohi Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 tangin Auto Scale Charts True 4 Cleveland Chart Colors Color Scheme 2 Where is the capital of Penr Chart Labels aliases 1 Pittsburghi Chart Value Format 0 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 3 Where is the capital of thet 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams Chart Settings 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc tach y Add in always loaded mega Correct Point Value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings
132. cipant Merge window gt Participant Merge Excel Participant Merge Window Participant Merge Available Fields For Merge Ke Percentage Corect Points e PM1 Reports PM10 ReportsDemog e PM11 ReportsDemog2 PM12 ReportsDemog3 PM2 ReportsDemogEDIT PM3 ReportsDemoOnly PM4 ReportsMoment PMS ReportsRanking PME ReportsResultsbyGroup PM7 ReportsScoringStandard Pms ReportsStandards PM3 PriorityDemogMoment Add a new column to the Tuming Participant Merge Report Initially the left pane is empty This is where your new column and sessions to be merged will be displayed Above the left pane is the Available Fields for Merge drop down box Below the left pane is the Add Column text box and button The right pane displays all of the sessions available to be merged Above the right pane are the Percentage Correct and Points radio buttons 3 Adda Column TurningPoint displays the percentage correct or points in the added column when the sessions are merged Participant Merge Window Add Column Participant Merge Available Fields For Merge v Percentage Corect Points Pm1 Reports PM10 ReportsDemog PM11 ReportsDemog2 PM12 ReportsDemog3 PM2 ReportsDemogEDIT PM3 ReportsDemoOnly PM4 ReportsMoment PM5 ReportsRanking PMB Reports
133. cipant against other participants You can change the percentiles shown by recording the new percentiles separated by a semicolon in the appropriate box Each of these reports creates an Excel file Percentile correct incorrect The Percentile correct incorrect percentage Report includes percentage Reports the following additional information the total percentage of questions each participant answered correctly Percentile correct incorrect percentage Reports Turning Percentiles Report ReportsDemog3 Created 7 23 2007 2 55PM Device D Total Correct 75th Percentile 125 37 5 37 5 25 anwe 50th Percentile 125 37 5 37 5 25 Dn w l 25th Percentile 12 5 37 5 37 5 25 onw Percentile points Report The Percentile Points Report includes the following additional information Chapter 8 Reports e the total accumulated by each participant Percentile points Report 372 Turning Technologies Other Reports TurningPoint offers eight unclassified reports Attendance Moment to Moment Outline Participants Questions and Comments Response Data Export Ranking Summary Results by Group and Statistics Reports Attendance Report The Attendance Report provides basic participant information including name and Device ID and shows has attended the presentation Attendance Report ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 57 PM Device 1D
134. comments or questions sent by vPad participants during the presentation This report creates an Excel file Participant Questions and Comments Report 3 A a H f i gs g g 8 g 83 2 ge ee ee 2 BE 2 z 2 2 z S i 5 A P i d z Fi Ranking Summary Report The Ranking Summary Report shows a summary of Ranking Slides The report creates an Excel file The Ranking Report includes the following information a list of the ranking criteria a list of the ranked items and the rank assigned for each criterion Types of Reports Ranking Summary Report the chart showing the ranking Turning Ranking Summary Session Name ReportsRanking tpz Created 7 23 2007 3 01 PM X criterion Cost Y criterion Urgency Z criterion Impact Axis Max 10 List Items x Y z Project A g a5 35 Project B 4 6666667 5 1666667 7 3333333 Project C 6 8333333 5 3333333 5 3333333 Project D 4 8333333 65 65 g Bubble Size Impact 10 fg 5333333333 5 5 Project D Page 1 of 1 377 TurningPoint User Guide Response Data Export Report The Response Data Export Report gives the raw response data in an Excel file It creates a table of values in Excel giving the numerical response values for each device number Response Data Export Report Tuming Response Data Export Session Name ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 257PM Device ID 68EE3BFEBEBGS0BQ 2241 Device ID A003BF
135. comparative links for comparing the responses from several slides in a single chart in your presentation Use conditional branching to control the order of slides in your presentation based on responses Create slides from imported files The Standards tool enables you to use reports to evaluate the performance of participants based on standards You can use the built in standards set up a list of standards associate those standards with questions and then evaluate the performance of the audience as a whole by groups or by individuals on each standard Find more information in Standards on page 269 The Comparative Links and Conditional Branching tools allow you to add advanced functionality to your presentation The Comparative Links tool is used to compare the results from several slides in a single chart in your presentation For example you might ask several similar questions in succession and then wish to compare the responses from each question on a single slide By creating comparative links between the slides a single slide s chart can show the results from up to three additional questions Find more information in Comparative Links on page 284 The Conditional Branching tool allows you to control the order of slides based on the responses to a question For example you could have the audience vote on which topics to cover in your presentation or you could continue with a different topic when the audience demonstrates a sufficient
136. continue Participant List Summary TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Add Participant Information Participant List Summary Jew List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM Number of Fields Number of Groups Click Finish to generate your Participant List and launch the Participant Information Dialog From this dialog you can add edit import or export participant information and assign participants to groups 5 Select the Finish button to create the Participant List and save it to a file Next Steps Find more information about slides for keeping track of participants and teams points in Competition Slides on page 61 Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has demonstrated how to create and customize Participant Lists for your presentation If you have not set up the hardware devices for participants to respond Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management demonstrates this process You only need to set up hardware devices once on the computer you will use them with unless you add or change the hardware devices If you have already set up hardware devices and have a participant list for the audience you will be presenting to you are ready to conduct your presentation Chapter 7 Run Presentations demonstrates this process Tools TurningPoint offers several tools that allow you to use powerful advanced features Create slides to rank items Create and assign standards for evaluating participants Create
137. ct Answer Indicator 000 143 Add Text Messaging 00 cece eee eee 146 Add Statistics Indicators 0 0 0 0 149 Where Do I Go From Here 0000 eee eee 152 4 Device and Settings Management 153 Install DEVICES essan ireann eaa Pied veda Pond deiads 157 Install IR Response Device Receiver 158 Install RF Response Device Receiver 162 Install the vPad Response Software 165 Obtain the Web vPad Response Device Settings 170 Response Device Management 00 00 eee 171 Manage Response Device Settings 171 Update the Number of Devices Used 181 Add New Device Types 0 00 eee eee eee 183 Check Device Communication 00005 185 SENGS ine eceicevgdaaghane wey ddd eee Ree ees 189 Response Device Settings 00005 192 Presentation Settings 00 000 e eee 195 Slide Settings eces serisine eresi neiu eee 210 Answer Settings a na anaua 217 Where Do Go From Here 0 0 0 0 0c cece eee 218 5 Track Participants and Teams 219 Create Participant Lists 2 20000 0 ee eee 221 Create a Participant List using Participant List Wizard 221 Create Participant List from Enterprise Manager 233 Create a Participant List from a Course Management System dives Raina Wain wa eee eh oe 236 Manage Participant Lists
138. cted Confirmation text displays in orange in the Class Select window when the file has been successfully imported The Class Select window closes A Save As window opens for saving the Participant List on the host computer In the location field the file is set to be saved in the Participants folder under My Documents gt TurningPoint In the File Name field the class name displays with the date and time of the import You may edit the name to be more meaningful Note The Participant List must be saved in the Participants folder under My Document gt TurningPoint on the host computer for TurningPoint to find the list 8 Inthe Save As window A confirmation message displays select the Save button Confirmation Message TurningPoint TurningPoint has successfully imported your class participant list s Click on the participant list pulldown menu to load your list or click the participants menu to for other options 9 Select the OK button The newly imported Participant List displays in the Participant List drop down menu in the TurningPoint Toolbar Next Steps Before giving the presentation select the Participant List from the Participant List drop down menu Create a Participant List from a Course Management System As a versatile educational tool TurningPoint is also compatible with course management systems by WebCT and Blackboard If you teach at a school or other educational institution that uses WebCT o
139. ctions in the next section Assign Standards to Slides Assign Standards to Slides Assigning standards to slides allows you to use TurningPoint reports to assess participants performance on slides relating to the standards Before You Begin You should create or obtain Standards Lists to be assigned to the slides Find more information in Create a Built in Standards List on page 269 or Create a Custom Standards List on page 275 Chapter 6 Tools Step by Step Instructions To assign standards to slides 9 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Standards Response Devices Turning Reports Session Management gt G Comparative Links 54 Conditional Branching W Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards p Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver amp k LA 280 Turning Technologies 10 11 12 Select Standards from the Tools menu Select either Built in Standards Lists or Custom Standards List Select to assign a standard to the presentation or slide using the Current Selection drop down menu The Standards window opens displaying two tabs Built in Standards Lists and Custom Standards Lists Standards Window TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists S
140. d how to successfully build deliver and save the results of an interactive presentation in five easy steps You have customized the slides and include animation feedback mechanisms and excitement in your presentation You have also created reports to view the results of your presentation session If you have further questions about the TurningPoint system please feel free to contact Customer Support at Turning Technologies See Customer Support on page 15 Chapter 10 Export 440 Turning Technologies Glossary Answer An answer is one of a list of choices on a turningpoint slide The answers are enumerated and participants responses correspond to the number of the answer Answer Now Indicator An answer now indicator is an object on a turningpoint slide that gives the audience a visual indication that polling is open and they should respond to the question Answer Region The answer region is the area on a turningpoint slide that contains the list of answers Answer Value For purposes of scoring and competition you can assign answer values to answers on a turningpoint slide The possible values are correct incorrect a point value negative 10 000 10 000 or no value Chart A chart is a visual representation of the results of polling ona turningpoint slide Comparative Link A comparative link is used to link a slide to the results from 1 3 additional slides to show all the result
141. dards List Custom Standards Lists Categories arrange standards into a hierarchy Custom Standards Select Parent Category Current Selection Parent Category tps Mew toad _ Delete Current Standards List Standards for Current Selection SC1 6 1 Describe the rock cycle and explain that the Add Category Add standard R gait Feta Clear All Category Parent Category b Select the Add Category or TurningPoint prompts you to enter a title for the Add Standard button category or standard Custom Standards Window Add Category TurningPoint Enter the text for the new category c Enter a title in the box provided and select the OK button TurningPoint adds the category or standard to the parent category you selected d Repeat steps a c until you have added all the categories and standards you need You can delete a category or standard from the list using the Remove button You can change the title of a category or standard using the Edit Field button 7 When you are finished TurningPoint indicates that you have made changes to the creating your Standards List Standards List and asks if you would like to save your changes select the Done button 8 Select the Yes button The changes are saved to your Standards List file and the Standards window closes Next Steps To associate standards with slides follow the instru
142. dards Report366 identifying groups 35 Individual Scoring Report sobbing 8D eto ae np aad 367 Individual Standards Report EPEE Wigan al phe RR S 365 Moment to Moment Report ee ee eee 374 Other Reports 373 Outline Report 374 375 Overall Standards Report Participant List Excel Report 363 Participant List Word Report 362 Participant List Reports 362 Participant Questions and Comments Report 376 Participant Results Report Percentile correct incorrect percentage Reports 371 Percentile points Reports adad kak alig aed A 371 372 Percentile Reports 371 Ranking Summary Report bata fer a Ala ah 376 377 Response Data Export Report 378 Results by Group Report eaae na 378 379 Results by Participant Answer Detail Report 359 Results by Participant Response Detail Report scniedidad mavedds fare 359 360 Results by Participant Score Detail Report 361 Results by Participant Report 358 Results by Question Report pitch aya bd cadena es 350 Scoring Distribution Report EEE T anaes hats 367 368 Statistics Report 380 Team Scoring Percentage Report 369 Team Scoring Points Report 370 Team Scoring Reports 369 viewing 342 VGS gud fon HH ee Soe 394 Response Counter 138 329 OTe EE EEEE 445 response device adding additional types 183 cha
143. dd Field Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options c Select Add Field Group gt This displays an Add Participant Information window Add Field Participant Information Add Participant Information Participant Information Add Participant Information Add a custom field Selected Fields 246 Turning Technologies Manage Participant Lists d Type the name of the new field in space provided under Add a custom field e Select Add The name of the newly created field appears in the Selected Fields box f Repeat steps d ande to To remove any fields from the Selected Fields box place add additional fields a checkmark in the box next to the field name and select Remove g Select Finish The fields you created will be added to your participant list 6 Optionally Add a Group a Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl DER i Fie Edt Import Number of Participants 4 Cut Ctrh x Copy Ctrl C Paste Ctr Select All Ctri A Clear Del Add Participant
144. de You can specify whether answers in your TurningPoint slides should be considered correct or incorrect By setting answer values you can show the correct answer after polling with a Correct Answer indicator find more information in Add a Correct Answer Indicator on page 143 or by coloring the chart to indicate correct and incorrect answers find more information in Change Chart Colors on page 118 You can set keywords for fill in the blank questions If a response contains the keyword it will be considered correct Find more information in Use Keywords for Fill in the Blank Slides on page 95 You can identify a correct answer to a question on a TurningPoint slide By default answers marked Correct have a value of 100 points and answers marked Incorrect have a value of 0 points for the purposes of scoring and competition Find information about assigning specific point values to answers in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values ona TurningPoint Slide Step by Step Instructions To mark an answer correct 14 Navigate to the slide on which you want to mark a Correct Answer 2 Place your cursor in the An Answer Values Task Pane appears listing all of the answers Answer region of the slide and current answer values Answer Values Task Pane TurningPoint 2008 Answer Yalues x Clear All Answer Values Answer 1 Columbus Answer Value Corect y Answer 2 Cincinnati Answer Value
145. de settings Settings Hierarchy Settings Window Slide Settings TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Response Device Chart Settings Presentation lt S eee emer Chart Colors 1 Columbus Chart Labels 2 Cincinnati Chart Value Format 3 Youngstown Review Only 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 2 Pitisburgh Allow Duplicates False 2 Harrisburg L J Anonymous False MORE Correct Point Value 100 4 Where is the capital of the L pence alia ie 1 Washington State Multiple Response Divisor Devices 2 Washington PA Question Alias Where is the capital of Ohio 3 Washington Dice Response Data True 4 Washington NC Heatley i 5 Where is the capital of New Speed Scoring True 1 Albuquerque Zero Based Polling False 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos Response Reminders Settings 4 Carlsbad ammm cca Auto Advance Defaults Common Settings All Settings Misc b Under the Misc heading This displays a text box to enter the value you want select Correct Point Value correct answers to receive The value can range from negative 10 000 to 10 000 Settings Window Correct Point Value TurningPoint User Guide 101 Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides c Enter the correct point value d Hit the Enter key e Under Misc heading select Incorrect Point Value f Enter the incorrect point value g Hit the Enter key 102 The correct point value is set To set
146. details about each participant s response and the percentage of correct answers Participant Monitor Window Question Region Question T Overall Corr Tot Point jal 1 Where is the capital of Ohio 50 f 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania al of the United Stal 5 Where is the capital of New Mexico Lists the specific responses chosen by the participant selected in the Participant region Participant Monitor Window Participant Region Overall Tot Point Response Time Response 41 __ Device ID George Washington GBEEIBFEBEB 4 38 46 500 einam Turning Technologies 2 You can hide one or more of the three regions by selecting the close button X in the upper right corner To view a region you have hidden select it from the View menu in the Participant Monitor window 3 You can expand or reduce the size of the three regions by selecting the borders and dragging them up or down Run a Presentation Gives details about the response results for each participant for the question selected in the Question region Participant Monitor Window Individual Region nt Monito Question 1 Where is the capital oF Ohio 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is ital of the United States 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico lt Lists each question and totals the correct responses and point values per question Select a question to view details perta
147. difying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 As an alternative to a Response Table TurningPoint also offers the Response Grid which is overlaid on your slide during a presentation and can be shown and hidden at your command The Response Grid shows more information than a Response Table and does not take up space on your slide but you must manually choose to display and hide it during your presentation Find more information in View Polling Status on page 328 Add a Correct Answer Indicator A Correct Answer indicator gives a visual cue to the audience to indicate the correct answer s after polling for a question is finished A Correct Answer indicator appears during a presentation when you advance the slide after displaying the chart A Correct Answer indicator appears for each answer marked as Correct or for which a point value is specified Find more information in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide on page 92 Correct Answer indicators are available in seven styles Correct Answer indicators o 2 Correct 0 2 Correct K 2 Correct 6 S 2 Correct 7 val 2 Correct 1 Rectangle 2 Checkmark Smiley Face O Star O Arrow O Blinking Rectangle 7 Custom Indicator Step by Step Instructions 1 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to adda Correc
148. dition or OR Condition as Logical Operators Select AND Condition to link a conditional branching item to the previous item to specify that both conditions should be met Select OR Condition to link a conditional branching item to the previous item to specify that either condition can be met Conditional Branching Window And Or Condition TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name New Rule 1 AND Condition OR Condition Add __ Delete Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description IF Condition then go to Slide Selection Note You can link more than two conditional branching items for one slide Define all conditions in the Conditional Branching Rule Description by selecting the appropriate link a Condition choose from the number or percentage of responders that must choose the same response to satisfy the condition Find some examples of conditions in the examples following these instructions on page 296 Choose from Percentage of Response Number of Responders or Majority Rules Conditional Branching Window Choose Condition Add New Rule Choose a Rule Percentage of Responses Number of Responders Majority Rules This displays the Compound Rule Condition Box with up to three Conditional Rules that must be met Comparison Operator Value and Selected Answ
149. dow opens from the TurningPoint toolbar by selecting Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses Settings Window TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Response Device Presentation 1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts True Chart Colors Color Scheme Chart Labels Aliases Chart Value Format 0 Standard Chart Type Vertical lt 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad gt Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Respanders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add in always loaded Correct Point Value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 2 4 96 If it is not already selected select the slide on which you would like to assign keywords from the Settings Hierarchy Under Misc headings select Keywords Settings Window Keywords Note The Keywords setting will only be displayed if you
150. ds gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Ea Enterprise Manager 6d Settings a Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Session Management The Extract PowerPoint Presentations window opens gt Extract PowerPoint displaying a list of the session files in your Sessions folder Presentations Extract PowerPoint Presentations Window TurningPoint Extract PowerPoint Presentations Please select your session s My Session Files os amp Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date pmi tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM10 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm11 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm12 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pMm6 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pM7 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pma tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm9 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PriorityDemogMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Extract PowerPoint Presentation You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button above the list of files shaped like a folder This allows you to use a session file you have copied from elsewhere
151. ds List drop down menu displays the Lists tab selected Standards list The drop down menu allows you to choose from the Standards Lists in your Standards folder The Load button allows you to import a Standards List to your Standards folder from elsewhere The Delete button allows you to delete a Standards List from your Standards folder 4 Select the New button Standards List TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Current Selection TurningPoint prompts you to enter a new name for the Custom Standards Window None w new toad Delete Current Standards List Presentation Standards for Current Selection Add Category _Add Standard __ Remove __Edt Field Clear All Enter a name in the box provided and select the OK button TurningPoint creates the Standards List in your Standards folder displays it in the Current Standards List drop down menu and displays the new Standards List in the left hand pane of the Standards window Custom Standards Window New Standards List TurningPoint Enter the text for the new standard The new Standards List has a top level category with the same name as the list 6 To add a category ora standard complete the following steps a Select the parent category in which to include the category or standard you wish you add TurningPoint Standards Built in Stan
152. dy in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management If you are using Response Card devices the vPad or the Web vPad response device software you can use the Polling Test feature to test TurningPoint s ability to successfully receive the response Find information on Polling Test in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management If you want to track responses you must have also created a Participant List using the Participant List Wizard Without a Participant List the session collects anonymous responses Find information on participant lists in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Step by Step Instructions 1 From the PowerPoint menu select File gt Open 2 Select the TurningPoint presentation to be used and select the Open button 3 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Reset gt Session To create the settings for the presentation session A window opens and displays the available files The file s contents are visible in the PowerPoint window You can use the TurningPoint toolbar to clear any previous results data and identify the use of response devices and a Participant List Reset Sessions gt gt P Continue Prior Session Se Session Current Slide Tey All Slides y Prior to starting the presentation session you must clear all prior audience responses that are stored in memory If you select Reset gt All Slides new data is appended to the end of the sessio
153. e Only fields that are common between the participant lists will be available from the drop down menu Participant Merge Window Select Merge Field Participant Merge Available Fields For Merge Device ID he Percentage Corect Points First Name Last Name Student ID Team 1 Team 2 Add a new column to the Turing Participant Merge Report PM1 PM10 PM11 PM12 PM2 PM3 PM4 PM5 PMB PM7 PMs PM9 8 PriorityDemogMoment Add Column Reports ReportsDemog ReportsDemog2 ReportsDemog3 ReportsDemogEDIT ReportsDemoOnly ReportsMoment ReportsRanking ReportsResultsbyGroup ReportsScoringStandard ReportsStandards 8 Select Merge TurningPoint generates a report in an excel file Participant Merge Report Turing Participant Merge Results Created 7 12 2007 12 50 54 PM Merge Value LastName First Name Class Total 66EE3BFEBEB6408C Washington George 40 40 AD03BF Franklin Benjamin 55 56 55 56 30 Hamilton Alexander 25 25 43 Adam s Johna 65 65 3 Lincoln Abraham 75 75 23 Ford Gerald 50 50 12 Lee Robert E 125 125 198 Ross Betsy 100 100 AQO8HF Stowe Harriet 37 5 37 5 86C C3BFEBEB727AA Martha Washington 30 30 5 Abigail Adams 37 5 37 5 BOOIFY Grant Ulysses 25 25 Merge Session Files You can merge multiple TurningPoint or T
154. e acceptable range is 1 to 10 seconds The default is set at 2 Determines the size in pixels of the Response Non Response Grid when the Auto Size Grid is set to False The default size is set to 800 600 Determines whether the Response Non Response Grid is displayed using Scheme Colors or Custom Colors Scheme Colors are set under Chart Colors Custom Colors are set in Custom Cell and Grid settings for Response Non Response Grid Settings The default is set to True which uses Scheme Colors Showbar Settings Enables you to view and change Showbar settings Setting Display Showbar Expand Showbar Use Secondary Monitor Description Determines if the Showbar is visible during a SlideShow The default is set to True which displays the Showbar Determines if the Showbar is displayed in its expanded state The default is set to True which displays the Showbar in its expanded state Determines if the Showbar is displayed on secondary monitor if available The default is set to True which displays the Showbar on the secondary monitor Slide Settings Slide settings affect specific slides and answers The slide settings apply to the slide selected from the Settings Hierarchy and the particular answer if applicable Slide Settings TurningPoint Settings DER Settings Polling Test Response Device 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2
155. e based upon the number of expected devices entered Find more information on Response Counters in Add a Response Counter on page 138 and Response Tables in Add a Response Table on page 141 Note Access the Response Device settings again when you need to make changes to the number or type of devices being used with your presentations The response device testing is now complete Next Steps Find more information about Response Devices and the Settings available in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management If an audience member s device is not being accepted check the device s ability to communicate Step by Step Instructions 41 Select the Polling Test Tab 2 Select the Start Test button To Check Device Communication TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen Use this screen to verify that TurningPoint can receive responses from the devices Settings Window Polling Test DER Settings Poling Test Device 1D Channel Magnify Values C Start Test For vPad and USB response devices go to step 4 For Web vPad response devices skip to step 5 TurningPoint is now ready to accept responses from the response devices You can magnify the responses by placing a check mark in the box next to Magnify Responses Polling Test Magnify Responses Device ID Channel Response A003BF 21 2 3 Press a key on each response device to be used 4 Select the End Test
156. e Presentation Settings 317 Run the Slide Show 200000 eee eee 324 View Polling Status 0 0 unaa aaau aaa 328 Use the Participant Monitor 330 Add Slides During a Presentation Session 334 Data Slicing View Results by Question 336 Where Do I Go From Here 0000 eee eee 339 8 ROPOMS is s00k sc deee eck es iecccewiow se O42 View a Report 000 000 eee eee 342 View a Report 200 cece eee eee eee 342 Types of Reports 00 00 cece eee eee eee 349 Results by Question Reports 350 Demographic Reports 20000000 352 Participant Results Reports 354 Results by Participant Reports 358 Participant List Reports 2 0 5 362 Standards Reports 20000 eee eaee 364 Comparative Scoring Reports 0 367 Team Scoring Reports 0 20 0005 369 Percentile Reports 22000 00 eee eeee 371 Other Reports 20000 ccc eee eee eee 373 Where Do Go From Here 222020000e 381 9 SESSIONS cee es OOD Manage and Edit Sessions 00 0c eee ee eee 385 Save Results from a Session 385 Changing the Default Save Location 386 Continue a Previously Saved Session 389 Edit Session Data
157. e Session Name b Type in the Access Code 12 Select done Your devices are ready for use with your interactive presentation Next Steps If an audience member s device is not being accepted go to Polling Test in Check Device Communication on page 185 Additionally go to Update the Number of Devices Used on page 181 when you need to make changes to the number or Add New Device Types on page 183 type of devices being used with your presentations 180 Turning Technologies Update the Number of Devices Used Access the Response Device settings whenever you need to change the number of devices being used Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select Response Device from the Settings Hierarchy To increase or decrease the accepted responses TurningPoint displays the Settings window TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Settings Window Response Device a Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia S4 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC S5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad ResponseCard Channels Empty
158. e a disk to create an export scheme you can reuse to save the data from other session files in the same format Specify a location and filename for the export scheme in the same way If you forgot to save before selecting Finish a message window opens containing Are you sure you want to exit without saving an export Select Yes to exit without saving the session file select No to save before exiting Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 6 0 or Vista 3 4 If you are using WebCT CE 6 0 Vista 3 4 follow the steps below to export results data Instructors can perform the same functions they can export results data from participants to an available WebCT server and send grade reports to their students via WebCT email However with WebCT CE 6 0 Vista 3 4 instructors may select specific TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere sessions to upload and then enter the name of the assignment and the maximum point value for responses Before You Begin A gradebook or similar file should reside on the WebCT Server TurningPoint exports and saves the results data to this file Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 6 0 or Vista 3 4 Step by Step Instructions To export data to a WebCT 6 0 Vista 3 4 Server 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays a window asking which task you would toolbar select Tools gt like to perform with the WebCT Wizard WebCT Wizard gt Campus Edition 6 0 Vista 3 4
159. e appropriate icon The Showbar allows you to open and close polling view polling status and view the response data in a variety of ways Save a session You can save the results of your interactive presentation and generate reports through TurningPoint to evaluate the audience s responses You will want to save the responses provided by your audience for each presentation session You can perform test runs or present the completed presentation to your audience Behind the scenes TurningPoint gathers tallies and stores the responses from your audience You can choose to share the results of the session with the audience or keep them confidential Recall the five steps to presentation success As depicted in the following diagram running a presentation session is the fourth step when using TurningPoint Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint Enter question text oS i Step Two Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings I Where is the capital of Ohio l N Optionally Manage Tools Optionally Export Data This chapter describes the following activities to help your presentation run smoothly Run an interactive presentation using the Slide Show functionality Find instructions for running a presentation in Run a Presentation on page 317 Control the presentation using the Showbar Find instructions for using the Showbar in Run the Slide Show on page 324 and View Poll
160. e or all of the boxes in the Data Group list to manually specify the contents and format of the exported text file e Check the Use Export Schemes box to select a pre defined export scheme for a gradebook application from the Export Schemes list The Export Session window displays lists of the data and formats you can use to export the session file Export Session Data Select Export Scheme or Data Groups TurningPoint Export Session Data Select export scheme or data group s to include Data Group Scores V Questions and Answers v Participant Information V Responses v Use export schemes Current Scheme none Name Cancel The following data is available for export The text of questions and answers Participant information such as names and groups defined in the Participant List Participant s responses to the questions Participant s scores Export schemes for several gradebook applications are available including Angel Easy Grade Pro Gradebook for Windows Gradekeeper for Windows MicroGrade Moodle for use with Moodle Participant list and Teacher s Marksheet Export schemes are saved as tpx files in the Export Schemes folder which is located in your TurningPoint folder You can use an export scheme you have copied from elsewhere by selecting the Load an Export Scheme button shaped like a folder Using an export scheme automatica
161. e session file s to in the To box 4 Enter your email address in the From box 5 Enter a subject for the email in the Subject line 6 Optionally add a message to the email in the space provided 7 Select File gt Attach Session s The Send Sessions window opens displaying a blank email form Send Sessions Window TurningPoint Send Session s File Tools To From Subject L Body Please use valid email addresses and attachments You may enter more than one email address Separate multiple email addresses by semicolons If you choose not to add a message the body of the email will be left blank This opens a window displaying a list of sessions files from your Sessions folder From this window you can also navigate to any other location where TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session files are located Send Sessions Select a Session Look in Sessions x 9 2 pE rs Backup Real Time My Recent E Geography 101 Documents _ 3 New Session 7 16 2007 4 25 PM q si New Session 7 16 2007 4 52 PM si New Session 7 17 2007 5 04 PM New Session 7 24 2007 2 33 PM E OhioStandards 5 Pm rs pm My Documents a ae sa pms Pme Pm lt PMs PMg PM10 PM11 PM12 PriorityDemogMoment Reports ReportsDemag ReportsDemog2 ReportsDemog3 ReportsDemogEDIT ReportsDemoOnly ReportsMoment ReportsRanking ReportsResultsbyGroup Desktop
162. e you specified if the condition is met You can remove a condition by selecting it in the list in the Conditional Branching window and selecting the Remove button Parser Documents The TurningPoint Parser can import two kinds of documents an XML document a Microsoft Word document doc To be imported by the TurningPoint Parser these documents must be formatted in the proper way The following sections describe the proper formats for documents imported by the Parser This section describes how to Format XML Documents Format Word Documents Format XML Documents The following is a basic shell of the XML document type accepted by the TurningPoint Parser lt slides count id gt lt slide id type multiresponse gt lt question alias filename imageposition gt lt topic id gt lt answers gt lt answer alias value filename gt lt answers gt lt slide gt lt slides gt Each element is described below along with an example and an explanation of the attributes Note Remember that the following characters are reserved in XML lt gt amp Use the XML entities for these characters amp lt amp gt amp amp amp apos amp quot respectively slides The slides element is the top level element in the XML document and contains all the information TurningPoint requires to create the interactive presentation The slides element contains a number o
163. eating the presentation slides These slides can be as simple or complex as you desire You can use PowerPoint s features to apply a background insert graphics etc to meet your needs You will repeat this step many times as you create additional TurningPoint interactive slide presentations Next plug the devices into your computer to be used to during the presentation and you are ready to gather responses from the audience You can go to the Polling Test found in Settings to test communication or skip the test and go to the next step Then identify your audience Create a Participant List using the Participant List Wizard You can choose from using standard list templates or creating one of your own to store as much information about your audience as is required You can also run a presentation without a Participant List if you wish Create a Participant List for each audience When that s done you are ready to run the presentation You ll use PowerPoint s Slide Show functionality for this purpose Behind the scenes TurningPoint is gathering tallying and storing the responses provided by your audience Finally save the results of your session in a file to be used with TurningPoint s reports to evaluate the audience s responses Perform this step for each presentation session Instructions to perform these five steps to success are detailed in the following sections Instructions to use the advanced features of TurningPoint
164. ect your session s My Session Files os Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date PriorityDemogMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Li ReportsDemog3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Reports 7 12 2007 11 37 44 AM ReportsDemoOnly tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM ReportsMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM ReportsRanking tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM ReportsResultsbyGroup tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM ReportsScoringStandard tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM ReportsStandards tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Include PowerPoint Presentations This could increase the size of the merged session dramatically Open TurningPoint Reports Select additional files to be Repeat this step until all the files you would like to merge are merged in the list by holding selected down the Control key and clicking on the files Optionally check the box to If you include the presentations in the merged session file the include the PowerPoint slides from the presentations of each of the merged files are presentations in the merged put together into a single presentation saved in the merged session file session file This may greatly increase the size of the merged session file Select the Merge button A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for below the list of files the merged session file Merge Turning Session Dialog Box Merge Turning Session Savei 5 SEM
165. ed in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere 3 Choose a session file in one of the following ways e Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder e Select a session file from To display the backup session files in the list of files your backup session files select My Backup Session Files e Import a session file from Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to another location locate and select the session file 4 Select the Next button to continue 5 Uncheck the box next to any question in the list that you would like to exclude from the session The Edit Session window displays options for editing the session file Edit Session Window Edit Session TurningPoint Edit Session Edit Session Questions 1 Where is the capital of Ohio 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is the capital of the United States 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico 5 Where is the capital of the United States 6 Where is the capital of Virginia L 7i Where is the canital of Virninia Answers Columbus Cincinnati Youngstown Cleveland Question type Demographic Default Correct value 100 Answer value Default I
166. elect Apply All Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window You can specify whether answers in your TurningPoint slides should be considered correct or incorrect from the Settings window By setting answer values you can show the correct answer after polling with a Correct Answer indicator find more information in Add a Correct Answer Indicator on page 143 or by coloring the chart to indicate correct and incorrect answers find more information in Change Chart Colors on page 118 You can set keywords for fill in the blank questions If a response contains the keyword it will be considered correct Find more information in Use Keywords for Fill in the Blank Slides on page 95 You can identify a correct answer to a question from the Settings window By default answers marked Correct have a value of 100 points and answers marked Incorrect have a value of 0 points for the purposes of scoring and competition Find information about assigning specific point values to answers in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values ona TurningPoint Slide on page 103 Step by Step Instructions To mark an answer correct from the Settings window 41 In the TurningPoint Toolbar This displays the Settings window select Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a Settings Window pair of glasses TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Response Device Answer Settings
167. elect a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade 3 z z Current Standards List Presentation Standards for Current Selection Add Category Add Standard __ Remove __Edt Field The remaining steps are the same for both applying a Built in Standards or Custom Standards list Standards Window Assign Standards TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Current Selection New List 05_25_07 tps x new ioa None New List 05_25_07 tps iNew List tps WD New List 05_25_07 Standards for Current Selection O Math O Algebra 1 verbal D Grammar D Punctuation Add Category Add Standard Remove __Edt Field Clear Al Category New List 05_25_07 13 Select a Standards List in 14 15 one of the following ways a Select a Standards List from the Standards folder using the Current Standards List drop down menu b Select a Standards List from elsewhere using the Load button Select a standard from the list Select the right arrow button gt to assign the standard toa presentation or specific slide The categories and standards are displayed in the left hand pane of the Standards window The Standards List file is copied to your Standards folder and the standards and categories are displayed in the le
168. er Conditional Branching Window Compound Rule Condition Compound Rule Condition Please complete the Conditional Rule for the Compound Condition Comparison Operator Value percent of responses are answer Selected Answer Comparison Operator Determines if the condition for the branch item has been met You can choose from greater than gt less than lt equal to b Slide Selection choose the slide you want to be displayed when the condition is fulfilled c Select Next Slide to choose the slide you wish to go to if the condition is not met not equal to lt gt greater than or equal to gt less than or equal to lt Value Determines the value or percentage to be compared to in the next step For Number of Responders enter a number of responses from 0 to the total number of participants If you choose percentage enter a percentage of responses from 1 to 100 Selected Answer Determines what answer must be selected to make the condition true The number or percentage of responses for the selected answer will be used in the comparison You can choose any of the answers on the slide The condition uses the number of responses for that selected answer choice Conditional Branching Window Slide Selection Answer Selection Answers Total Correct 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland You can branch to any slide in your presentation
169. er answer text Enter answer text Enter answer text BR WN PR Enter answer text B Enter answ E Enter answ W Enter answ Ml Enter answ Competition Slides The second set of four slides are the setup and summary slides for competitions these slides allow you to assign teams and keep track of the participants or teams with the most points and fastest responses Competition Slides Menu Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board a Aa 46 Fastest Responders The competition slides include Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Since the Leader Boards and Fastest Responders slides are updated after each question you only need to include one of each in your presentation Simply place it at the end of the presentation and jump to that slide when you want to know which participants or teams are in the lead Team Assignment Slide The Team Assignment slide allows teams to be assigned by asking the audience members to choose a team Simply include names for the teams in the answer list and the participants will automatically be placed on the teams according to their answers Display this slide early in your presentation so that participants can join a team at the beginning Team Assignment Slide Please select a Team Team 1 20 20 20 20 20 Team2 Team 3 Team 4 Team 5
170. er the Application Settings Hierarchy Settings Heading Chapter 9 Sessions 4 Select the All Settings at the Find the Misc Heading bottom of the Settings window Settings Window Misc Settings Default Save Location C Documents and Setting 5 Under the Misc heading Default Save Location click on the file path A Default TurningPoint Save Path window appears Default Save Location Window TurningPoint Default TurningPoint Save Path C Documents and Settings user My Documents EJ 6 Change the Save location You can manually enter the location or click on the box to the right of the file path box with ellipses to display a Browse for Folder window From the browser window you can specify and existing folder location or create a new folder location Note You can restore your save location to the default settings by selecting Reset to default path from the Default TurningPoint Save Path window 388 Turning Technologies 7 Select Done Your TurningPoint folder location has been changed Continue a Previously Saved Session Resume your presentation using a saved session file TurningPoint appends new session information to the opened session file allowing you to save the polling results for the presentation in one file Before You Begin If the session file is saved on an external storage device insert the device into the computer Locate the session you wish to open On the computer that is running
171. ere create the Participant List you can type Edit paste or import data and save it to a file Chapter 2 Getting Started with TurningPoint 10 Optionally Add names and other participant information to the new Participant List 11 Select Done to close the Participant Information window Next Steps Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Participant Information i File Edt Import First Name Student ID Teami Team2 Check to rearrange column order editing functionality will be limited Number of Participants 1 Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open Find more information about Participant Lists in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams 38 Turning Technologies Step Four Run a Presentation Session TurningPoint uses PowerPoint s Slide Show capabilities to present the interactive slides you have created You test your slides during development and run the presentation for your audience by executing the following steps Before You Begin You must either have use an installed Response Device Keyboard Keys 0 9 or select to use Simulated Data before attempting to run the presentation It is recommended that you use a participant list but you can still run a presentation session by selecting Anonymous or Auto for the participant list Step by Step Instructions 1 From the PowerPoint me
172. ere your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere Export Session Data Window TurningPoint Export Session Data Please select your session s My Session Files Se E Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date Current Session 7 12 2007 PM1 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmio tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm11 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmiz tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 PMs tpz 7 12 2007 11 Pm6 tpz 7 12 2007 11 Pm7 tpz 711212007 11 15 PmM8 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM L amp pmo tpz 2 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Cancel To display the session files from your Sessions folder in the list of files select My Session Files The Current Session will be displayed if you have a TurningPoint presentation open and response data has been collected To display the backup session files in the list of files select My Backup Session Files Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to locate and select the session file 5 Select the Next button once you have selected a session file 6 Choose one of these two ways to export the data e Check som
173. erwrite User Information Enable Web vPad URL Session Name Access Code Common Settings All Settings 2 Select the Settings Tab 3 Select Response Device All response device settings are listed in the right pane of the from the Settings Hierarchy Settings window 4 Follow the instructions in step 4 of Manage Response Device Settingson page 171 to set up your devices Check Device Communication You should test the communication between a device and TurningPoint if an audience member s response is not being accepted during a live presentation Before You Begin Ensure the device receiver is properly installed and the device to be tested is available Step by Step Instructions To test for device communication 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays the Settings window toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select the Polling Test Tab 3 Select the Start Test button TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen Use this screen to verify that TurningPoint can receive responses from the devices Settings Window Polling Test DoR Settings Poling Test Device 1D Channel Magnify Values C Start Test For USB and vPad response devices go to step 3 For Web vPad response devices skip to step 6 TurningPoint is now ready to accept responses from the response devices You
174. es If an audience member s device is not being accepted check the device s ability to communicate Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select the Polling Test Tab 3 Select the Start Test button To Check Device Communication TurningPoint displays the Settings window TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen Use this screen to verify that TurningPoint can receive responses from the devices Settings Window Polling Test Settings Poling Test Device 1D Channel Magnify Values C Start Test TurningPoint is now ready to accept responses from the response devices You can magnify the responses by placing a check mark in the box next to Magnify Responses Polling Test Magnify Responses Device ID Channel Response A003BF 21 2 4 Press a key on each response device to be used 5 Select the End Test button 6 Select the Done button TurningPoint displays the Device ID Channel an entry for each response device in the order in which they were tested and the key number pressed on each response device Polling Test Response Device Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel A003BF 21 Magnify Values C This action ends the Polling test The device communication check is now complete Obtain the Web vPad
175. ession Data E Standards Participant Merge Excel Comparative Links fa Merge Session Files Se Conditional Branching AX Extract Participant List Import from TestingPoint E Extract PowerPoint Presentations i Parser LA Extract Session XML File Update Parser Template 4 Send Session Ranking Wizard jf EditSesion WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard A VantagePoint QuestionPoint Fa Enterprise Manager 6d Settings ae Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Session Management The Edit Session window opens displaying a list of session files gt Edit Session in your sessions folder Edit Session Window TurningPoint Edit Session Please select your session s My Session Files oS Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date PM1 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM10 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM11 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmi2 tp2 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmz2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pMs tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM6 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM7 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pma tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM9 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PriorityDemogMoment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stor
176. ession XML File zi Send Session cf Edit Session 2 Select Session Management The Merge Session Files window opens displaying a list of gt Merge Session File session files in your Sessions folder Merge Session Files Window TurningPoint Merge Session Files Please select your session s My Session Files Ss 7 Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files PMit tpe 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM12 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmz tpe 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PMs tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm6 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM 7412 2007 11 15 24 AM 7412 2007 11 15 24 AM 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Include PowerPoint Presentations This could increase the size of the merged session dramatically Open TurningPoint Reports You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere 3 Select one of the session files Merge Session Files Window Select Files to be merged in the list TurningPoint Merge Session Files Please sel
177. f slide elements lt slides count 1 id 86FF9DB9 gt Attribute Description count The total number of slide elements in the presentation id An optional attribute that contains a unique identifier for the group of slides slide Each slide element contains the question and answer information for a single slide question lt slide id E15F45B type D multiresponse 1 gt Attribute id type multiresponse lt question alias Gender filename Description An optional attribute that contains a unique identifier for the slide Defines what type of slide to create using a single letter code The following types are accepted Q standard question slide P picture slide D demographic slide S speed scoring slide F fill in the blank slide vPad and Web vPad only E essay slide vPad and Web vPad only M moment to moment slide An optional attribute that contains the number of responses allowed per keypad for the slide Accepted values are 1 10 The question element contains the question information as attributes and the question text as content we imageposition gt What is your gender lt question gt Attribute alias Description An optional attribute that contains an alias for the question topic answers answer Attribute Description filename An optional attribute that contains a filename for a picture that can be included with
178. fied settings The All Settings Button reveals more settings allowing for a more personalized presentation The Restore default presentation settings button allows you to return the settings back to the default installation state The Defaults button is active for chart colors on a presentation level only The button allows you to return your chart colors back to the default installation state The Apply All button is active for some chart settings on a presentation level The button applies and saves the setting changes that you made to the all existing applicable slides The section describes Response Device Settings e Presentation Settings Slide Settings Answer Settings The following sections contain information about the settings available by selecting the Settings Tab and then selecting one of the following items from the Settings Hierarchy Response Device Presentation an individual Slide or an answer Settings listed in italics can be found by selecting the All Settings radio button TurningPoint User Guide 191 Response Device Settings Response Device contains settings for the response devices compatible with TurningPoint The list below contains more detailed information for each setting ResponseCard Channels Response Device Settings TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Response Device ResponseCard Channels Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic Empty 1 Columbus 2
179. file and breaks it into logical units to use and recombine The TurningPoint Parser can take several kinds of files and create TurningPoint presentations from them Participants The people in the audience of a presentation who use the response devices to respond to questions Participant List Wizard The Participant List Wizard is a tool that guides you through the creation of a Participant List to be used with your presentation session Participant Monitor The Participant Monitor displays the status and information pertaining to the participants responses to all of the questions including the total percentage of correct responses how long each participants took to respond and which answers they picked Picture Slide A picture slide is a TurningPoint slide in which the answer text is replaced with pictures Polling Polling is the mechanism by which Turning Point accepts and tallies the responses provided by the audience using Response Devices Presentation Session See Session Radio Frequency RF Radio frequency devices use radio waves to transmit information Some of the response devices that work with TurningPoint use radio frequency technology RF devices do not require a direct line of sight The RF response devices use two way communications so the response device can confirm that a response was received by the receiver Ranking A ranking is an exercise in which items are compared on 1 3 criteria
180. formation about setting up a second monitor in Windows Help Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Step by Step Instructions To monitor participants 1 While running the slide show Alternatively you can display the Participant monitor after from the Showbar select the running a slide show by selecting Participants gt Display Display Participant Monitor Participant Monitor from the TurningPoint toolbar button Showbar Expansion Display Participant Monitor TurningPoint opens the Participant Monitor window Participant Monitor Window TurningPoint Participant Monitor View Question Overall Corr Tot Point 1 Where is the capital of Ohio 50 100 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 50 100 3 Where is the capital of the United States 100 100 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico 100 100 5 Where is the capital of New Mexico 0 100 First Name Last Name Device ID Overall Tot Point Response Time Response George Washington 68EESBFEBEB64 38 46 500 4 1 Benjanmin Franklin ADO3BF 84 62 1081 8 1 02 Question Response 1 Where is the capital of Ohio Columbus 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Pittsburgh 3 Where is the capital of the United States Washington D C 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico lt Accumulated group percent 100 Chapter 7 Run Presentations 332 The window displays Question Participant and Individual
181. friendly name setup prompt vPad Enter Friendly Computer Name Turning vPad Please enter the host computer s friendly name or IP address 10 In the Turning vPad window enter the computer s friendly name or IP address and select OK In the Turning vPad window enter the port number to be used for communication between the vPad and TurningPoint and select OK In the Select a Host Computer window select OK In the TurningPoint connection dialog box select OK Repeat steps 1 9 for each computer to be used as a response device Next Steps The Turning vPad dialog box displays the port number setup prompt vPad Enter Port Number Turning vPad Please enter the port number assigned by the host computer Must be a whole number 1 to 65535 Cancel Turning vPad s default port number is 1001 1001 Turning vPad uses port 1001 by default Enter a different number if defined otherwise on the host computer The newly added host computer appears in the Select a Host Computer window Turning vPad displays a dialog box asking to connect to the selected host The Turning vPad window displays a message Connected to mylaptop at 2 30 21 PM Your computer s friendly name entered in step 6 and the time when you connected as a result of completing this step are displayed in place of the words above Go to Response Device Management on page 171 to manage the settings for the response devic
182. ft hand pane of the Standards window You can add the standard to the presentation or slide The standard is displayed in the list of standards in the right hand pane of the Standards window Standards Window Standards for Presentation TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Current Selection English tps a zon tod Current Standards List Standards for Current Selection U Reading Add Category Add Standard Remove Edit Field Clear All Standard Reading You can remove a standard using the left arrow button lt 16 Repeat these steps beginning with step 11 to add standards to additional slides 17 When you are finished assigning standards to your slides select the Done button Next Steps You can assign multiple standards to each slide You can also use multiple Standards Lists If you would like to start over you can select the Clear All button to clear all standards from all slides in the presentation Several reports allow you to assess participants performance on the standards you assigned Find more information in Reports on page 341 Comparative Links You can use comparative links to compare the responses from several slides on a single slide s chart This is a sample chart comparing the responses from three slides Chart with Comparative Links Tasty Yucky o 50 50 a Nh
183. graphics and or team competition Create a new group Check the groups that you wish to be included in team competition Remove TurningPoint displays all groups in the Included Groups list Repeat this step to add additional groups The settings you can change include the Participant List file name number of participants number of fields and number of groups For file name select the old file name and type a new one in the box provided For Number of Fields or Number of Groups select the link to be returned to the screen and make edits Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams 8 Select the Finish button to TurningPoint displays the Participant Information window create the Participant List where you can type paste edit or import data You can also and save it to a file Add Remove or Rename Fields and Groups from this window Participant List Wizard Participant Information Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tplL Edit Import Device ID LastName FirstName StudentID Team1 Team2 Check to rearrange column order editing functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open 9 Optionally save the template If you have modified a pre defined template TurningPoint asks whether to save the settings as a custom template If you select the Yes button to name and save the temp
184. hange the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid background color To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Determines if Device IDs will be displayed on the Response Non Response Grid The default is set to True which will display Device IDs Determines if Device Numbers will be displayed on the Response Non Response Grid The default is set to True which will display Device Numbers Setting Display Participant Names Gird Opacity Grid Position Grid Rotation Interval Grid Size Use Scheme Colors Description Determines if Participant names will be displayed in the Response Non Response Gird The default is set to True which will display the Participant Names Determines how transparent or opaque the Response Non Response Grid is displayed The accpetable ranges is 1 transparent to 100 opaque The default is set at 90 almost opaque Determines the placement of the Response Non Response Grid when displayed The acceptable positions are Bottom Bottom Left Bottom Right Center Left Right Top Top Left Top Right The default position is the Bottom of the screen Determines the number of seconds a Response Non Response Grid will pause between intervals Th
185. he option to redo only one question slide in a session You cannot undo the Reset function so be certain that you wish to delete the results Before You Begin If you want to view the results at a later time save the presentation before proceeding with the following steps Step by Step Instructions To delete the results from a session or a single slide 41 Open the presentation To delete the results of one question only the slide with this question should be in view 2 From the TurningPoint The Reset menu opens offering the options to reset either the toolbar select the Reset entire session all the slides or simply the current slide menu Reset Session os es Continue X Prior Session Se Session Current Slide Tey All Slides Note Be certain that you wish to delete the results You cannot undo the Reset function for either the Session All Slides or Current Slide options 3 When you are ready to delete Selecting Session resets the entire session Selecting All Slides the results select either resets all of the slides Selecting Current Slide resets the Session All Slides or Current currently viewed slide only Ndg TurningPoint clears the results and sets the values to zero Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has demonstrated how to save edit and manage sessions You are now ready to begin exporting information You can find information in Chapter 10 Export Export When you complete a ses
186. he order in which they were tested and the key number pressed on each response device Polling Test Response Device Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel A003BF 21 Magnify Values C This action ends the Polling test The device communication check is now complete Install RF Response Device Receiver The ResponseCards RF and XR communicate with TurningPoint using a radio frequency The receiver accepts the signal produced by the individual response cards and passes the response along to TurningPoint RF Response Card and Receiver Before You Begin The receiver must be installed on the machine that will be used to run the presentation Step by Step Instructions To install the RF response card receiver 41 Connect the receiver to the Windows detects the receiver and installs the proper drivers USB port of the presentation Your response devices are now ready to be used computer Note the effective range of a ResponseCard RF is about 200 feet 60 meters and the ResponseCard XR is about 400 feet 120 meters A single receiver is sufficient for up to 1000 keypads and a direct line of sight between the receiver and the keypad is not necessary Use more than one receiver during your presentation if your room size or participant size exceeds these maximum specifications Contact Turning Technologies for suggested receiver layout plans Next Steps Go to Response Device M
187. he timing of the message using PowerPoint s animation features By default the message is sent as soon as the slide is shown You can delete the Text Message object from the slide if you no longer want it to be sent To add an additional Text Message simply repeat these steps Add Statistics Indicators Statistics indicators which allow you to reveal statistics about the responses after polling is closed Statistics indicators show a calculation after polling is closed based on the responses received You can show the mean average median standard deviation and variance of the responses The value of the statistic is revealed when the chart is displayed Statistics Indicators Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 1 Pittsburgh 14 2 Harrisburg 61 3 Scranton 13 4 Philadelphia 13 Statistics are calculated based on the numerical value of the response the number of the answer on the slide Since the statistics are based on the number of the answer they are most useful for questions with an ordered scale of answers such as a Likert scale Step by Step Instructions 1 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to add a Statistic indicator Select Insert Object from the TurningPoint toolbar To add a Statistic indicator The Insert Object menu opens si St Response Devices Tools Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt
188. ht click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options c Select Add Field Group gt This displays an Add Participant Information window Add Field Participant Information Add Participant Information Participant Information Add Participant Information Add a custom field Selected Fields TurningPoint User Guide 227 Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams d Type the name of the new field in space provided under Add a custom field e Select Add The name of the newly created field appears in the Selected Fields box f Repeat steps d and e to To remove any fields from the Selected Fields box add additional fields place a checkmark in the box next to the field name and select Remove g Select Finish The fields you created will be added to your participant list 12 Optionally Add a Group a Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 Paste Select All Clear Add Participant Remove Participant s Add Field Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open cancel This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately
189. ice S1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 52 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 3 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad gt A Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Responders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add In always loaded Correct Point Value Decimal Period True Color Scheme Aliases 0 Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Modify Slides 3 Select Speed Scoring under A drop down menu will appear next to the value for the Speed the Misc header Scoring setting Settings Window Speed Scoring 4 Select True from the menu to Select False to disable speed scoring enable speed scoring 5 Select the Done button in the Settings window to save your changes Create Picture Slides Instead of using textual answers in the answer region you can use pictures This is useful if you pose a question with visual responses or where a visual aid will help the a
190. ice that sections throughout this user guide mention settings that can have an effect on the tasks you perform with TurningPoint Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Recall the five steps to presentation success Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings Where is the capital of Ohio 1 Columbus Optionally Manage Tools Optionally Run Reports Optionally Export Data Play capabilities and managing your settings This chapter covers the second step connecting response devices with TurningPoint s Plug and 156 Turning Technologies Install Devices Users interact with your TurningPoint presentation using response devices that communicate through a response device receiver or over a network or the internet Response device receivers are connected directly to the computer that will be used to run the TurningPoint interactive presenation This section includes instructions to install the device receivers The vPad response device software application allows users to participate with your presentation through an internal network The vPad response software application has two versions the client vPad and Presenter vPad The client vPad allows participants to respond to your presentation The Presenter vPad enables the presenter to control the presentation from a computer on the same network This section inc
191. icipants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add in always loaded Correct Point Value Decimal Period True Color Scheme Aliases 0 Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Modify Slides 2 Select the Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy 3 Under the Chart Settings A drop down menu appears to the right heading select Auto Scale Charts Auto Scale Setting Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels 4 Select False from the drop Auto Scale has been disabled down meann Charts that you insert from this point will not Auto Scale Next Steps To enable Auto Scale repeat steps 1 through 3 and select True from the drop down menu TurningPoint User Guide 127 Add Objects TurningPoint offers several special objects you can add to your slides Answer Now Indicator Countdown Indicator Countdown Sound Response Counter Response Table Correct Answer Indicator Text Messaging Statistics Indicators st Response Devices Insert Object Menu ry m sert Tools O Charts b Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats b Text Message TurningPoint visually identifies when an animated indicator has been used When PowerPoint is in Normal view mode a pane containing both Outline and Slides tabs is visible If the Slides tab is selected
192. inate What would you like to do How would you like your slides created Do you want to Standard X XY XYZ Grouped by Criteria Auto advance Paired Comparison O Grouped by List Item Show Charts Optional Paired Comparison Settings 6 Enter a name for the X You must enter at least one criterion X for the ranking If you criterion and optionally the Y are comparing only a single criterion leave the Y criterion blank ae me DORES The X and Y criteria appear on the horizontal and vertical axes provided of the chart respectively 7 If you wish to include a third The Z criterion if used is represented in the chart by the size of criterion in the ranking check the bubble for each item the box for the Z criterion and enter a name for the Z criterion in the box provided 8 Choose a method for ranking the items e Select Standard X XY XYZ You will specify the numerical scale to use later in the to rank the items ona Ranking wizard if you choose a standard comparison numerical scale for the criteria 9 10 11 12 e Select Paired Comparison to compare the items by pairs on the criteria If you chose a standard comparison select whether you would like the slides to be grouped by criterion or by list item Check the box if you would like to Auto Advance the slides created by the Ranking Wizard Check the box if you would like to display the charts fo
193. ing Status on page 328 Monitor the audience participation Find instructions for monitoring in View Polling Status on page 328 and Use the Participant Monitor on page 330 Run a Presentation You run an interactive presentation session using PowerPoint s Slide Show functionality You control the presentation session by opening and closing polling Polling is the mechanism by which TurningPoint accepts and tallies the responses provided by the audience using response devices This section describes how to Establish the Presentation Settings Run the Slide Show View Polling Status Use the Participant Monitor Add Slides During a Presentation Session Data Slicing View Results by Question Establish the Presentation Settings The presentation settings consist of the results data and Participant List to be used which are important items to check before running the presentation Prior to starting a presentation session you must perform the following steps Clear any previous session results Identify the Participant List to be used This section explains how to perform these steps It also demonstrates how to create the settings for the Response Grid an option especially helpful to sessions with infrared keypads that gives participants confirmation that their responses were received Before You Begin Chapter 4 discusses the response devices you set up before you begin Find information on getting the response devices rea
194. ingPoint 18 Turning Technologies Getting Started with TurningPoint The process to create interactive presentations with TurningPoint is very simple You can successfully build deliver and save the results of an interactive presentation in five easy steps From there with a little more effort you can customize the slides and include animation feedback mechanisms and excitement in your presentation You can also create reports to view the results of your presentation session This chapter provides the basics a tutorial of sorts for using TurningPoint Following the five steps to success allows you to create very simple interactive presentation slides set up the devices create a Participant List and use TurningPoint to present those slides The advanced features of TurningPoint are detailed in the chapters that follow You can find information about the contents of those chapters in Where Do I Go From Here on page 45 Five Steps to Presentation Success Creating an interactive presentation with TurningPoint can be accomplished in five easy steps Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint oa Enter question text e ee 1 Geter soseer poe o a A gss _ Step Two Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings I Where is the capital of Ohio Da Optionally Manage Tools Optionally Run Reports 4a Optionally Export Data As the previous diagram depicts you start by cr
195. ining to it in the Individual region When viewing the Participant Monitor while running the slide show advancing to the next slide will hide the Participant Monitor window To view the window again press the F12 key Alternatively you can also press the Alt Tab keys or simply end the slide show When viewing the Participant Monitor while running the slide show advancing to the next slide will hide the Participant Monitor window To view the window again select the View Participant Monitor icon TurningPoint User Guide 333 Add Slides During a Presentation Session TurningPoint gives you the flexibility of adding a template or custom slide while running the presentation Inserting a new slide is an option available at your fingertips through the Showbar Step by Step Instructions 1 Insert a new slide in one of the following ways e Template Slide select the arrow next to the Insert Slide button on the Showbar and select the type of slide and skip to step 3 e Custom Slide select the Insert Slide button on the Showbar and go to step 2 To add a new slide A drop down menu opens from the Showbar allowing you to select the slide type to be inserted into the presentation Showbar Expansion Insert a Template Slide a E user T Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert gt Generic gt ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Essay Team Leader
196. ion broken down by demographics Each of these reports creates an Excel file Demographic Comparison The Demographic Comparison includes the following Chart information for each question the answers indication of the correct answers the number of responses for each answer from each group the total number of responses from each group demographically categorized response data on a per question basis number of people who answered each question correctly Demographic Comparison Chart Turning Demographic Comparison Session Name ReportsDemoOn y tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 40 PM 1 Whatis your age group 1825 2630 31 40 41 50 51 60 61 70 71 80 o o 14 x pfoef lesta fi fe S 1825 2630 31 40 4150 51 60 61 70 71 80 80 ololololololo s efo o ololo ojojojojo jtjojo e jejejej jojejo o jo jej jejojo ojojejojojojojo ofajojojojojojo Bjojojojojojojo 2 How many hours of television do you watch g Fs fs fa fc eeg 18 25 2630 31 40 4150 510 61 70 71 0 80 lofuefinfwlo r nlo ro rofrofro fou fro cof re me ofe r fro fro fie fro fe fe fro fro us uo wo alojoj r r lolo n efwlo rm rfur tafe fro fro fie lino of ov wfofofufulrs ful ol Page lof Graphical Comparison Chart Types of Reports The Graphical Comparison includes the following information for each question the ans
197. ion is displayed during a presentation or only when a presenter reviews the presentation The default is set to False which displays charts during the presentation Determines default chart that is used when a slide is inserted during a presentation The default is set to Vertical All chart options are available to choose from Competition Settings Allows you to view and change the settings for competition slides Setting Description Default Number of Determines how many teams are Teams displayed in the Team Assignment slides The acceptable range is 2 20 teams The default is set at 5 Include Non Determines whether non Responders responders will be included in team scoring The default is set to False which does not include non responders Maximum Determines the maximum number Responders of responders that are included in Participants in Leader Board Teams In Leader Board the fastest responders slide The acceptable range is 1 20 responders The default is set at 5 Determines the number of participants to include in the participant leader board The acceptable range is 1 20 participants The default is set at 5 Determines the number of teams displayed in the leader board The acceptable range is 1 20 Teams The default is set at 5 Misc settings Setting Add In always loaded Allow Duplicates Allow User Feedback Auto Adjust Participant Range Auto Update Aliases Correct Point Value
198. ion preserves your custom settings so that you do not have to reapply them every time you open a presentation on a new computer Find more information on settings in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Note You can restore the computer s settings when using any presentation In the Settings menu select the Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy A Restore default Presentation Settings box displays in the bar below the settings options Select this button and a dialog box appears with this statement This will restore the presentation settings back to the default installation state Select OK to restore the default settings Types of Slides The Insert Slide menu on the TurningPoint toolbar lists all of the slides you can insert into a presentation Insert Slide menu P BK Convertto Insert Tools slide Picture Slide Objecty Vertical Slide Horizontal Slide 3D Pie Slide Distributed Pie Slide OffSet Slide Doughnut Slide Team Assignment Slide Participant Leader Board Team Leader Board Fastest Responders Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides gt CMe PP oe ENE Generic Slides gt Ice Breaker Slides gt ResponseCard RF Channel Slide vPad Web vPad Log In Fill in the Blank Slide Essay Slide Priority Ranking E E a Ei Q m Demographic Comparison E Moment to Moment 2 to 2 This section describes Chart Slides Competition Slides Template
199. ipant List Wizard The Participant List Wizard guides you through the creation of a Participant List to be used with your interactive presentation You control the number of responses TurningPoint will accept which equates to the number of audience members A Participant List captures the audience names their device numbers and serial numbers and other relevant information Create a Participant List using the Participant List Wizard You can choose from using standard list templates or create one of your own to store as much information about your audience as is desired Before You Begin If you are using a Response Table the number of names entered in the Participant List must not exceed the number of expected devices that you identified for use in the Settings The Response Table will only display the number of Participants equal to the number of expected devices Step by Step Instructions To create a Participant List 1 From the TurningPoint Participants Menu toolbar select Participants gt r o wm r Participant List Wizard amp 4 Select a Help v Participant List Display Participant Monitor Participant List Wizard Import a Participant List Edit a Participant List GRE H Delete a Participant List The TurningPoint Participant List window opens presenting the option to use a pre defined Participant List template or to create a custom template Custom templates created in the past will appear in the My C
200. ipants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad Add In always loaded lt J a Correct Point Value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings The Settings window contains two tabs Settings and Polling Test See Check Device Communication on page 185 for more information on Polling Test The Settings tab displays a Settings Hierarchy in the left pane of the Settings window which allows you to change the settings for a Response Device Presentation Slide or an Answer In the right pane of Settings window are the settings themselves The settings are grouped by type and listed alphabetically The name of each setting is in the left portion of the right pane and its value is on the right Some settings may allow you to type a value while others will offer a drop down menu to select from several choices Settings At the bottom of the Settings window is a region that displays a detailed description of a setting when you select it You can use these descriptions or the following pages to learn about the settings Settings Window Bottom Region Ni u 2 Restore default presentation settings _Defauts appv an _ Common settings O Al Settings The Common Settings and All Settings Buttons allow you to select your level of customization The Common Button displays the most commonly modi
201. ist Wizard Add Groups to your Participant List You may optionally include Groups within your Included Groups Participant List Participants may be assigned to these groups for purposes of tracking demographics and or team competition Create a new group Add Check the groups that you wish to be included in tearn competition Remove TurningPoint displays all Groups in the Included Groups list Repeat this step to add additional groups 7 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays the Participant List summary screen Participant List Wizard Summary TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Add Participant Information Participant List Summary Name List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM Number of Fields 3 Number of Groups 1 Click Finish to generate your Participant List and launch the Participant Information Dialog From this dialog you can add edit import or export participant information and assign participants to groups Back Finish 8 Optionally edit the The settings you can change include the Participant List file Participant File composition name number of participants number of fields and number of groups For file name select the old file name and type a new one in the box provided For number of fields or number of groups select the link next to the setting to be returned to the screen and make your edits 9 Select the Finish button to TurningPoint opens the Participant Information window wh
202. l of the settings back to the default state 5 Select the Done Note To clear an answer value you can also set No Value in the Answer Value setting a slide level setting for each answer Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Find information for setting Correct or Incorrect values in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide on page 92 Find information for setting point values in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 103 Clear Answer Values on a TurningPoint Slide If you wish to reset answer values you can clear the value from one or all answers Step by Step Instructions To clear the values for an answer 1 Navigate to the slide on which you want to clear answer values 2 Place your cursor in the An Answer Values Task Pane appears listing all of the answers Answer region of the slide and current answer values Answer Values Task Pane TurningPoint 2008 Answer Yalues x Clear All Answer Values Answer 1 Columbus Answer Value Correct v Answer 2 Cincinnati Answer Value Incorrect v Answer 3 Youngstown Answer Value Incorrect v Answer 4 Cleveland Answer Value Incorrect v Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 3 Select the Clear Answer Answer Values Task Pane
203. last Name First Name GSEE3BFEBEBGA Washington George Franklin Benjanmin 30 Hamilton Alexander a Adams John 9 Lincoln Abraham 2B Ford Gerald i ETTET Pagel of 1 Moment to Moment Report Moment to Moment Report shows a chart of the moment to moment rating results This report creates an Excel file Moment to Moment Report hea oF RHR TW Me r E a a Wd 65 2 002 EZ z Pa42219 2dy yuaWo Ws Oday aWeN UOIssas uang spuos 5 87 spuos s y syinsay quawow 0 uwo w Buy TJT Outline Report The Outline Report gives an outline of slide questions and answers in a Word file The outline include an indication of the correct answer s This report is found under the Other Reports category Outline Report Turning Outline Session Name ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 57 PM 1 Where is the capital of Ohio Correct Columbus Incorrect Cincinnati Incorrect Youngstown Incorrect Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Incorrect Pittsburgh Correct Harrisburg Incorrect Scranton Incorrect Philadelphia 3 Where is the capital of the United States Incorrect Washington State Incorrect Washington PA Correct Washington D C Incorrect Washington NC 4 Where isthe capital of New Mexico Incorrect Albuquerque Participant Questions and The Participant Questions and Comments Report shows any Comments Report
204. late the custom template will be available under My Custom Templates the next time you create a Participant List for future use 10 Add names and other Participant Information participant information to the Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl new Participant List ihc Device ID Last Name First Name Student ID Team1 Team2 1 76 Washington George 1776 1 2 9s Benjanmin 1752 Alexander 1801 Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open 226 Turning Technologies Create Participant Lists 141 Optionally Add a Field a Select a row in the TurningPoint will insert the new group field to the right of Participant Information the row you have selected window b Select Edit from the menu Participant Information Edit Menu bar Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl Number of Participants 4 Team1 Team2 Select All Clear Add Participant Remove Field Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can rig
205. licking the File menu and click Open You will have limited editing abilities while this function is active Click and hold the column would like to move TurningPoint displays a confirmation message telling you that your changes have been saved TurningPoint User Guide 251 11 Select the Done button to close the Participant Information window Delete a Participant List This section describes how to remove a Participant List from TurningPoint Before You Begin Deleting a Participant List sends the file to the computer s Recycle Bin Save a backup copy in another location if you would like to be able to access the file later Step by Step Instructions To delete a Participant List 1 From the TurningPoint Participants Menu toolbar select Participants gt 4 gt P Delete a Participant List Select a Help Participant List a Display Participant Monitor Ed Participant List Wizard a Importa Participant List if Edit a Participant List hes TurningPoint displays a window that lists all Participant Lists that have been created or imported 2 Select the file name of the Delete Participant List Pa rticipant List you wish to TurningPoint Delete Participant List New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl ic 1 tpl 3 Click the Delete button TurningPoint displays a window confirming that you want to delete the selected participant list Add Data to a Participant List from
206. lists and standards Before You Begin Identify a reliable location on the computer where you would like to save your TurningPoint documents Step by Step Instructions To change the default save location 41 In the TurningPoint Toolbar This displays the Settings window select Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a Settings Window pair of eyeglasses TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Response Device 4 Answer Settings Presentation ae 1 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati pad sical Auto Scale Charts True a ceed Chart Colors Color Scheme amp 2 Where is the capital of Penr Ghart Labels pe Tip isburgh Chart Value Format 0 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 3 Where is the capital of thet J 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard amp 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 2 ee Alamos Add in always loaded BARREA g Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Chart Settings 2 Select the Settings Tab form the Settings window 3 Select Presentation from the File Location is the first setting listed und
207. lly specifies the settings available to you in the next steps to match the format required by the application you are exporting to You may still choose to modify some settings to specify a grading scale for example 7 Select the Next button to The Export Sessions window displays a tabbed view for you to continue specify the data to be used Export Session Data Include or Exclude Data Questions amp Answers tab TurningPoint Export Session Data Include or exclude specific data from export Questions amp Answers Participant Info Responses Scores Questions V 1 Where is the capital of Ohio V 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Where is the capital of the United States Where is the capital of New Mexico Where is the capital of the United States Where is the capital of Virginia Where is the capital of Virginia What is the capital of Tennessee nswers Values Show all answers O Show correct answers only O Do not show any answers Cancel There are four tabs one for each of the main groups of data you specified whether to include in the exported file In each area you chose to include you should review and modify the settings on the corresponding tab The next few steps explain the settings on each tab 8 If you chose to include the By default all questions are checked and will be included question and
208. ludes instructions to install the vPad software The Web vPad virtual keypad utilizes the internet to allow audience participants to respond to the interactive presentation This section informs presenters what information they need and where to obtain it to use Web vPad This section describes how to Install RF Response Device Receiver Install IR Response Device Receiver Install the vPad Response Software Obtain the Web vPad Response Device Settings Install IR Response Device Receiver The ResponseCards IR and XL communicate with TurningPoint using infrared technology The receiver accepts the signal produced by the individual response cards and passes the response along to TurningPoint Before You Begin IR Response Card and Receiver The receiver must be installed on the machine that will be used to run the presentation Step by Step Instructions 1 Connect the receiver to the USB port of the presentation computer 2 Place the receiver in an unobstructed area at the front of the room To install the IR response card receiver Windows detects the receiver and installs the proper drivers The receiver operates on a line of sight and needs to be positioned so that it can receive the signal from the response devices You may want to elevate the receiver so that it can be seen by everyone in the room Note The effective range of an infrared device receiver is about 90 feet 27meters You will need to in
209. m 2 True Device ID 90 Device ID 90 Last Name Hamilton First Name Alexander Student ID 1801 Team 1 True Participant List Excel The report shows device number and any of the fields defined Report in the Participant List name contact information demographic groups or teams etc Participant List Excel Report Turning Participant List Session Name ReportsDemog3 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 45 PM Device ID lastName FirstName StudentiID Teami Team2 GSEE3BFEBEBE40BC Washington George 1776 True AD03BF Franklin Benjanmin 1752 Tue 30 Hamilton Alexander 1801 True 83 Adams John Q 7679 True S Lincoln Abraham 1865 True B Ford Gerald 7878 True Pagel of2 Standards Reports The Overall Standards Individual Standards and Group Standards Reports show response information based on standards identified for each question These reports create Excel files Overall Standards Report The Overall Standards Report is very similar to the Results by Question Report but includes additional information relating to standards It includes the following information for each standard the percentage of overall comprehension for all questions that are associated with the standard the questions associated with the standard the answers for each question an indication of the correct answer s the number of responses for each answer the percentage of responses for each answer Overall Standards Report Turning Overall
210. m Scoring Percentage Report 369 Team Scoring Points Report 370 Template Slides 65 Analogy Slide 68 69 Generic Slide 67 68 Icebreaker Slides 68 Likert Scale Slide 67 Menu 05 65 True False 66 Word Scramble Slide 69 Yes No Slide 65 66 Yes No Abstain Slide 66 67 username 235 Vertical Chart 58 Slide aac ae eleva dei e 58 Web vPad 155 170 setup 173 174 WebCT 236 447 e e er re eee ee 447 adding data 253 exporting data 408 413 settingup 237 Wizard 236 Word 305 341 TestingPoint 260 307 import 311 Text Messaging 146 def 2245 446 THE piirne anana hava 65 TOONS aiaa a aaa i 259 tpl file extension 428 tpx file extension 400 tpz file extension 293 394 E aoa acne eee 397 424 True False Slide 66 Turning Reports 341 TurningPoint Parser 260 307 sie eae ae 307 importing 307 TurningPoint Toolbar 12 234 vPad 154 165 447 installing 165 setup 173 174 vPad Log In Slide 71 72 Chin o2ts05 beeen shes 447 format documents 301 Yes No Slide 65 66 Yes No Abstain Slide 66 67 Zero based Polling 87 enable ea a ne a 8
211. make up the template Participant List Add or Remove Fields TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Please select your participant list fields Available Fields Selected Fields Student ID Add a custom field 4 Optionally customize the list Right gt and left lt arrow buttons appear of Selected Fields e To remove an entry from When selecting entries from the fields lists hold Shift the template select it click to select multiple contiguous entries or Control under the Selected Fields click to select multiple entries region and click the left arrow button e To add an entry to the template select the desired entry from the Available Fields region and click the left arrow button e To change to order of the selected Fields click the up and down buttons 5 Select the Next button to TurningPoint displays the Groups entry box Use this screen continue to add Groups to your Participant List Groups provide categorization for greater reporting opportunities such as demographic reports or team competitions 6 7 Optionally type in a group name and select the Add button Optionally edit the Participant File composition Participant List Wizard Add Groups TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Add Groups to your Participant List You may optionally include Groups within your Included Groups Participant List Participants may be assigned to these groups for purposes of tracking demo
212. me Aliases 0 Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings This displays all of the Chart Color settings TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Settings Window All Settings Response Device Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 2 4 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC amp 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad HE i gt a x Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Color 1 Chart Color 2 Chart Color 3 Chart Color 4 Chart Color 5 Chart Color 6 Chart Color 7 Chart Color 8 Chart Color 9 Chart Color 10 Chart Color Correct Chart Color Incorrect Chart Labels Chart Value Format Reset Charts Review Only Standard Chart Type Competition Settings True User Defined 128 128 128 5153102 25500 Aliases 0 True False Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings qa Settings Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 3 Select Presentation or a Slide The level at which you change the settings controls which from the Settings Hierarchy slides are affected to specify whether you d like t
213. me and other required information are stored along with information about their assigned device which is identified by number for example 1 2 3 and so on and by Device ID a unique identifier for a response device The Device ID is printed on the device tag which is located on the back of the device unless you are using vPad and Web vPad response software Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Recall the five steps to presentation success Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint L Je gt Step Two Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings Optionally Manage Tools Where is the capital of Ohio Optionally Run Reports Optionally Export Data This chapter discusses creating and managing a Participant List 220 Turning Technologies Create Participant Lists Create a Participant List using the Participant List Wizard Enterprise Manager from Turning Technologies or Course Management Systems by Web CT and Blackboard You may create multiple Participant Lists to be used with the same interactive presentation One Participant List contains information about one audience group This allows you to capture responses from multiple audiences to your slides Create a Participant List using Participant List Wizard Create Participant List from Enterprise Manager Create a Participant List from a Course Management System Create a Participant List using Partic
214. mog2 tpz Created 7 23 2007 251PM Overall Team Scores Team 1 500 Team 2 80 1 Where is the capital of Ohio Columbus Team 1 1 Team2 1 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Pittsburgh Scranton Team 1 o 7 o 100 Team 2 4 1 ol ol 3 Where is the capital of the United States Washington State Washington PA __ Washir D C ___Washir NC Total Team 1 o 0 100 Team 2 o 3l E 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico wo Bo Al SantaFe Los Alamos Carlsbad Total Team 1 o F o Team2 1 oj 3 20 5 Where is the capital of Virginia Alexandria Lynchburg Martinsville Richmond Total Team1 7 o Team2 1 1 5 6 Whatis the capital of Tennessee Gatlinburg Memphis Nashville Knoxville Total Team1 o 7 100 Team2 2 2 ol 7 Which one is the United States Flag 1 2 3 4 Total Team 1 0 1 0 0 o Team2 o 2 2 o amp Whats the capital of Michigan Ann Arbor lansi Grand Rapids East Lansing Total Team1 o o ol 100 Team2 oj 1 4 o 3 What is the capital of Delavare Dover Wilmington Rehoboth Beach Georgetown Total Team 1 7 o 7 7 Team 2 3 1 3 ol Pagelof4 370 Turning Technologies Percentile Reports The Percentile correct incorrect percentage and Percentile points Reports show how participants responses compared to other participants responses Device ID first and last name and the percentile ranking for each parti
215. munication check is now complete Install the vPad Response Software The vPad group response software acts as a virtual response device Audience members use the software from desktop or laptop computers or PDAs that are connected to the presentation computer using a direct or wireless network vPads exhibit the same response behavior as ResponseCards If you are running a vPad and connect during a presentation you can close and reopen the vPad and still have the same response device number vPad Response Device E Turning yPad a m Before You Begin TurningPoint must be installed on computers that use the same network Step by Step Instructions To install and set up the vPad software on a PC 1 Insert the vPad installation CD into your computer s CD ROM drive 2 Run the vPad setup program Follow the instructions in the vPad setup wizard to install vPad on your desktop or laptop computer The installation creates a vPad desktop icon and an entry in your computer s Start gt Programs menu 3 Double click on the vPad The Turning vPad window opens Cekip RODIE SANE Vnan You need to configure vPad to enable it to communicate on eoiware the network 4 Onthe Turning vPad window The Select a Host Computer window opens select File gt Select Host Computer vPad Select A Host Computer Select a Host Computer Host Name Port Number Current 5 Select the Add button The Turning vPad dialog box opens and displays the
216. n NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad Add In always loaded 4 j y Correct Point value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings 2 Select the Settings Tab 3 Select Response Device All response device settings are listed in the right pane of the from the Settings Hierarchy Settings window Response Device Management 4 Enter the number of expected Settings Window Expected Devices response devices You are only required to enter the number of expected devices when using Simulated Data or a Response Counter or Response Table a Click on the number of This opens a text box allowing you to enter a numeric devices currently entered value Note You cannot exceed the number of licensed devices For example if you enter the number of expected devices as 60 in this region but TurningPoint is licensed for 50 devices only 50 devices can be used during the presentation b Enter the number of expected devices Note TurningPoint limits the number of response devices that will be displayed in a Response Counter or on a Response Table based upon the number of expected devices entered Find more information on Response Counters in Add a Response Counter on page 138 and Response Tables in Add a Response Table on page 141 c Select done If you are using o
217. n the screen The selections include Top Bottom Left Right Center TopLeft TopRight BottomLeft and BottomRight Grid Rotation Interval enter the number of seconds per interval the Response Grid takes to rotate through responses for when there are too many participants to fit in one grid Grid Size identifies how wide and tall the Response Grid should be when displayed on the Response Grid The height and width are measured in pixels The default setting is 800 x 600 or full screen Use Scheme Colors Determines if Scheme Colors as established in Chart Settings or Custom Colors will be displayed on the Response Grid Next Steps After establishing the settings you are now ready to run the presentation Run the Slide Show Use PowerPoint s Slide Show functionality to run your interactive presentation TurningPoint accepts responses provided by your audience presents the results of the responses and stores the responses in memory You either save the responses to a file or clear the memory Before You Begin To run the slide show you must first perform the steps listed under Establish Presentation Settings to create the settings for your presentation session Step by Step Instructions To run the interactive presentation 8 From the PowerPoint ribbon This displays a menu of slide show options select the Slide Show tab 9 In the Start Slide Show section select From the Beginning The first slide of
218. n Chart Slides on page 57 Note You can change the default chart type to any of the six chart types using the Standard Chart Type setting a presentation level setting Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Yes No Slide A Yes No slide is used for a question with yes or no response The template slide includes a generically worded question and answers You may wish to edit the question to be more specific Yes No Slide Do you agree 1 Yes 2 No 71 29 ri True False Slides A True False slide is used for a question with a true or false response The template slide includes generically worded question and answers You may wish to edit the question to be more specific True False Slide Do you agree 1 Yes 2 No 71 29 Yes No Abstain Slide A Yes No Abstain slide is used with a yes or no response with option to abstain The template slide includes generically Likert Scale Slide Generic Slide worded question and answers You may wish to edit the question to be more specific Yes No Abstain Slide 1 Yes 2 No 3 Abstain Do you agree 41 33 25 A Likert scale slide is used for a statement with a response of varying levels of agreement or disagreement There are 4 5 and 7 level Likert scale slides The template slide includes a generically worded question and answers You may wish to edit the question t
219. n Essay slide asks an open ended question The participants respond with text Only vPad participants are able to respond to an Essay slide Fill in the Blank Slide A Fill in the Blank slide asks a question or makes a statement with a missing word Types of responses are determined by the type of device a participant is using For instance vPad users can respond with a word or phrase but ResponseCard users can respond only with numeric values Infrared IR Infrared light is invisible to the human eye and can be used to transmit information Some of the response devices that work with TurningPoint use infrared technology IR devices require a direct line of sight to the receiver The IR response devices allow only one way communications Interactive Results Interactive results are the data from the audience s responses that are displayed in real time while polling is open Moment to Moment Slide A Moment to Moment slide is a special TurningPoint slide for getting feedback from the participants on a continual basis The participants respond on a scale from 2 to 2 at regular intervals and the responses are displayed in a a chart Participant List A Participant List is the file used in a session to track responses by individuals in the audience Users can customize the type of data fields to include in the list but every list will include fields for the number and ID of the response devices Parser A parser examines a
220. n a Standards For Current Selection ISCL K Earth and Space Sciences SCL K A Observe constant and changing patterns of objects in the day and nigk E SCLK The Universe C SCLK 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in the daytime but the 5CLK B Explain that living things cause changes on Earth E SCLK Processes That Shape Earth L SCLK 2 Explore that animals and plants cause changes to their surroun JD SCLK C Observe describe and measure changes in the weather both long tert E SCLK Processes That Shape Earth O SCLK 3 Explore that sometimes change is too Fast to see and sometime C SCI K 4 Observe and describe day to day weather changes e g toda 0 SCLK S Observe and describe seasonal changes in weather JO SCLK 0 Describe what resources are and recognize some are limited but can be SCLK No indicators present for this benchmark lt gt 7 Select a grade level from the All of the Standards for the selected state country topic Select a grade drop down subject and grade are displayed in the left pane of the menu Standards window Built in Standards Select a Grade TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade OH Ohio Academic Content Standards 5CI Science 2003 K Kindergarten 1 Grade One Grade Two 3 Grade Three
221. n available WebCT server With this function instructors who test students through TurningPoint can easily save participants test scores for grading purposes TurningPoint also lets instructors send grade reports to their students via WebCT email Instructors enter their WebCT IDs and select the checkbox to email reports to students Instructors can then view the sent mail and the new results that have been posted to the gradebook Before You Begin A gradebook or similar file should reside on the WebCT Server TurningPoint exports and saves the results data to this file You must know the Column Name in this gradebook where the results data should be saved The Column Name may have any title but you must know the exact title and provide it to the WebCT Wizard Step by Step Instructions To export results data to a WebCT 4 1 Server 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays a window asking which task you would toolbar select Tools gt like to perform with the WebCT Wizard WebCT Wizard gt Campus Edition 4 1 WebCT Wizard gt Campus Edition 4 1 w Ss AN Response Devices 2 Turning Reports Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Beeawe ik w Ranking Wizard Blackboard Wizard amp Campus Edition 6 0 Vista 3 4 VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager c MOP GE Settings D
222. n delete comparative links by selecting the link in the Comparative Links window and selecting the Break Link s button Conditional Branching Conditional branching allows you to control the order of slides in your presentation based on the responses received from the audience For example at the beginning of your presentation you might ask the participants to vote whether you ll cover topic A or topic B Depending on the results of the vote the presentation will skip ahead to the slides for topic A or topic B Or you might ask a question covering a specific subject area to assess whether the participants understand the subject If most of the participants respond correctly you can skip ahead to the next section of material This section describes how to Set Up Conditional Branching Set Up Conditional Branching You set up conditional branching by defining a condition which if satisfied advances to the slide you specify Each condition consists of a comparison The number or percentage of responses for a particular answer or all correct answers is compared with a specific value or with the majority of responses for that slide Set up conditional branching using the Conditional Branching window available from the Tools menu in the TurningPoint toolbar Before You Begin Before setting up conditional branching you should create the slides for the branches of your presentation and plan their order Chapter 6 Tools Ste
223. n level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 To add a Response Counter The Insert Object menu opens Insert Object Menu K Response Devices Answer Now Countdown b Response Counter b Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator P Stats Text Message 3 Select Response Counter to Response Counter Submenu display the submenu of Response Counters Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt ji Flag Pole Response Table gt Meter Correct Answer Indicator gt Bubble Stats gt Gauge Text Message fl Liquid l Tube 4 Select the type of Response When you select the Response Counter TurningPoint places Counter you would like to it on your slide appear on the slide Note You can specify that a Response Counter should appear automatically on each TurningPoint slide that you create using the Response Counter setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You can move or resize the Response Counter to better fit your slide You can also delete the Response Counter if you no longer want it to appear on the slide To replace an existing Response Counter with a different type simply repeat these steps The current Response Counter will be replaced with the new one you select
224. n the slide using the TurningPoint settings You can also specify whether the point totals should be cumulative or for the most recent question only Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Fastest Responders The Fastest Responders displays the individual participants who responded correctly and the fastest to the most recent question This feature requires a correct response or point value The Fastest Responders slide is updated dynamically after each question Fastest Responders Slide Fastest Responders in seconds 1 89 Andrew Jackson 1 90 John Q Adams 1 91 John Adams 1 95 Gerald Ford 2 00 Alexander Hamilton You can specify the number of participants or teams to show on the slides using the TurningPoint settings Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Template Slides The third set of slides are templates for commonly used kinds of questions such as Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Scale Generic and Ice Breaker slides Template Slides Menu Yes No True False Yes No Abstain Likert Slides b Generic Slides b Ice Breaker Slides b When you insert any of the template slides a chart of the default type specified in the Settings is inserted onto the slide You can change the chart type on the inserted slide Find information for changing chart types i
225. n without resetting the entire session If you select Reset gt Current Slide you remove values for the current slide without removing the data from the session TurningPoint displays a window instructing you to wait until all responses have been cleared before continuing with your slide show 4 Optionally from the Response Device Selection TurningPoint toolbar select Response Devices le the Response Device menu R Devi and select an option for Keyboard Keys 0 9 testing the presentation Simulated Data Response Devices is the default setting TurningPoint allows you to select how responses will be provided during the presentation Your choices are Response Devices a response device will be used during the presentation The response devices must have been set up as outlined in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Keyboard Keys 0 9 you will provide input to the presentation using the keyboard keypad or number keys Simulated Data TurningPoint provides random responses to the presentation TurningPoint determines the number of responses to provide based on the number of expected devices designated in settings i e If you enter expected devices as 100 TurningPoint will provide up to 100 responses to each question in your presentation Find more information on expected devices in Manage Response Device Settings on page 171 Note Always use the Response Devices default setting for an actual
226. nager is an essential tool for large organizations that put the TurningPoint 2008 group response system to work in a classroom setting Using a web based interface users interact with Enterprise Manager to identify classes that use TurningPoint 2008 as part of the curriculum assign faculty and students to those classes and input Device IDs for the students response devices Enterprise Manager captures this information and manages the licenses for response device usage Class rosters stored in Enterprise Manager are ready for use with TurningPoint 2008 A faculty member using a computer on the organization s network can open TurningPoint 2008 and use the Enterprise Manager Wizard to import a class roster and use it as a Participant List On TurningPoint Enterprise Manager the system is designed to work with KeyPads and does not require the special setup of WebCT and Blackboard To access TurningPoint Enterprise Manager you need the following information from the technical support staff at the school server name of the Enterprise Manager server your username your password Before You Begin Open TurningPoint 2008 on the computer hosting the presentation Step by Step Instructions To load a Participant List into TurningPoint 2008 1 From the TurningPoint A menu opens and displays a list of TurningPoint tools The toolbar select Tools Enterprise Manager option displays near the bottom of the list Enterprise Manager Menu
227. nati Chart setin 3 ee Auto Scale Charts True 4 Clevel ier Chart Colors Color Scheme 2 Where is the capital of Penr Chart Labels Aliases 1 Pitiurgh Chart Value Format 0 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia f 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 2 3 Where is the capital oreet Competition Settings 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc See ate Add In always loaded lai ene afl Correct Point Value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings All Settings All the settings available for that slide are displayed in the right pane of the settings window Find the Response Reminders Settings header 4 Under Countdown Sound This opens a folder window click on the word None Settings Window Countdown Sound 136 Turning Technologies 5 Navigate to the folder where the sound file you want to use is located 6 Select the file name 7 Select Open 8 Select Done Countdown Sound Windows Dialog Box TurningPoint Countdown Sound Look in Sessions N Backup 2 Real Time My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents My Computer File name b gt My Network Files of type Sound File aiff au mid midi mp3
228. ncluding Canadian French Portuguese Spanish Dutch Japanese Korean and Czech TurningPoint s Enhanced Response Device Detection Provides Plug and Play capabilities for Response Innovation s USB Receivers Eliminates the Device Location and need to run Response Device Wizard Allows you predetermine and set Channels vPad 2008 supports self paced testing Web vPad eliminates the need to utilize an internal network when users have access the internet With the new settings interface you can Use the Settings Hierarchy to choose from Response Device Presentation level Slide level or Answer level settings Use drop down menus to change many of the settings Choose from Common Settings or All Settings See a more detailed description of each setting Determine receiver channels TestingPoint 2008 Support Built in Testing Standards Smarter Conditional Branching New Participant List Features With more customizable settings and options you can Use an mp3 as Countdown Sound Customize where you save your sessions Assign negative point values to questions Move the Showbar anywhere on the screen Set an answer as Correct Incorrect Set a point value for an answer Clear the point value for an answer TestingPoint is a Microsoft Word add in that allows you to Create self paced paper tests Collect responses via the Test Administer Run reports in Microsoft Excel Upload TestingPoint sessions into VantagePoint to
229. ncorrect value 0 The window shows a list of all questions in the session Below the list of question is a list of answers which shows the answers for the question selected in the list above Excluding a question will omit all data about that question from the session file 6 If you would like to change You can change the default Correct and Incorrect point values the question type or value or designate a question as demographic right click on the question and select the desired option Edit Session Window Change Question Value from the contextual menu TurningPoint Edit Session that appears Edit Session Questions Change question type to a Standard Question Change default Correct point value Change default Incorrect point value v 2 Where i V 3 Where i v 4 Where i Y 5 Where Exclude question v 6 Where is 7 T where is the canital of Wirainia Answers Columbus Cincinnati Youngstown Cleveland Question type Demographic Default Correct value 100 Answer value Default Incorrect value 0 Save Session Demographic questions can be used in reports Find more information in Reports on page 341 7 Ifyou would like to change an You can mark the answer Correct or Incorrect assign a point answer value right click on value or clear the answer value set to No Value the answer in the answer list and select an option from the Edit Sessi
230. nd Space Sciences SCL K A Observe constant and changing patterns of objects in the day and nigt S W SCLK The Universe 0 SCIK 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in the daytime but the J SCL K B Explain that living things cause changes on Earth E SCLK Processes That Shape Earth 0 SCLK 2 Explore that animals and plants cause changes to their surrourn J SCLK C Observe describe and measure changes in the weather both long terr E SCLK Processes That Shape Earth O SCLK 3 Explore that sometimes change is too Fast to see and sometime SCLK 4 Observe and describe day to day weather changes e g toda SCLK S Observe and describe seasonal changes in weather J SCL K O Describe what resources are and recognize some are limited but can be SCLK No indicators present for this benchmark a Standards for Current Selection gt Standard PK Prekindergarten 6 Select a subject from the This populates the Select a grade drop down menu with grade Select a subject drop down levels for the selected topic menu Built in Standards Select a Subject TurningPoint Standards Built in Standards List Custom Standards Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade OH Ohio Academic Content Standards SCI Science 2003 k Kindergarten Current Standards List Presentation indergarte
231. nd type the label text If you chose a standard comparison the next set of options allowing you to specify the ranking scale is displayed in the Ranking Wizard window If you chose a paired comparison a summary is displayed and you can skip to step 17 Ranking Wizard Customize Scale TurningPoint Ranking Wizard Customize the ranking scale Reset Scale D IRARARARNRR Unchecking a number also unchecks all the larger numbers For example if you would like to use a scale of 1 4 uncheck the box next to 5 You might like to add labels to the lowest and highest numbers of the scale such as Worst and Best 16 When you are finished A summary of all the options you chose is displayed in the modifying the ranking scale Ranking Wizard window select the Next button Ranking Wizard Review Selections TurningPoint Ranking Wizard Review Selections and build slides You chose to build a Standard XYZ Grouped by Criteria X Criterion is Cost Y Criterion is Urgency Z Criterion is Impact You have entered 4 List Items Using a scale of 1to 10 This wizard will create 12 question slides and 1 chart slide 17 Review the information in the If any of the information is incorrect you can select the summary to ensure that it is incorrect information to be taken to the set of options in the correct Ranking Wizard
232. nect to the Web vPad Server Presentation Settings Presentation contains settings for the creation of slides the way they are displayed and other TurningPoint options If you change a presentation level setting the change applies to all slides you create in the future and in some cases in the currently opened presentation TurningPoint Settings Settings Paling Test Presentation Settings lt Response Device Presentation S1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 53 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 5 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad gt Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Respanders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add In always loaded Correct Point Value Decimal Period True Color Scheme Aliases 0 Vertical Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings Answer Settings Enables you to view and change Answer settings Setting Answer Bullet Form
233. ng Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Color 1 Chart Color 2 Description Determines whether the vertical charts are scaled according to their specific percentages or appear more realistic The default is set to True which scales charts according to their percentages Determines what chart colors will be used during your presentation The available settings are Color Scheme Correct Incorrect and User Defined Color Scheme uses the selected PowerPoint color scheme To change the color of your charts you must change color setting in PowerPoint See PowerPoint help Correct Incorrect uses user defined colors for slides that have answers selected as correct and incorrect All other slides in the presentation will uses the PowerPoint color scheme To change the colors for correct and incorrect answer see the descriptions for Chart Color Correct and Chart Color Incorrect settings below User Defined uses user defined colors To change colors see descriptions for Chart Color 1 through Chart Color 10 settings below The default is set at Color Scheme Determines the first chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the second chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the
234. ng chapters in this guide demonstrate how to implement these new features to make the most of your presentation Chapter What s New in 2008 8 Turning Technologies About TurningPoint Welcome to TurningPoint the easiest most powerful fully interactive group response system available Designed to be used with PowerPoint TurningPoint enables two way communication between a speaker and a large group by allowing audience feedback TurningPoint offers the ability to collect evaluate and record responses from everyone in the audience transforming a lecture workshop or meeting into a more effective learning environment for everyone in the room By engaging each participant TurningPoint creates a unique session every time recording response data that can be used immediately or later for grading polling attendance tracking and demographic research Whether you want to gauge an audience s opinion or quickly assess your students understanding on important points in a lecture TurningPoint enables you to ask and receive a response at the very moment you want to ask most The audience uses response devices to submit answers to questions you have created Then TurningPoint gathers responses from each participant and quickly translates them into measurable results in the form of test scores charts and graphs After a presentation TurningPoint helps you store the data for later access or for use in reporting or grading This chap
235. nging 29 180 181 choosing 153 install 157 not working 185 receiver 158 162 ResponseCard IR 153 ResponseCard RF 154 ResponseCard XL 154 selecting 13 39 settings 192 setup 26 171 testing 29 185 vPad 154 vPad installation 165 Web vPad 155 scores calculating in exported data 404 server URL 235 response device settings 192 ResponseCard Misc 193 VPadis 6 ces Ae nak a 194 Web vPad 194 Response Grid 317 322 326 Gh tic aes 329 445 Response Table 141 329 ResponseCard 6 eee eee ETT 445 Response Card XR 154 ResponseCard IR 153 ResponseCard RF 154 ResponseCard XL 154 ResponseCard RF Channel Slide 70 71 restore default settings 191 Results by Participant Reports Results by Participant Answer Detail Report 359 Results by Participant Response Detail Report B59 soci aed a ae ae 360 Results by Participant Score Detail Report 361 Results by Participant Results by Question report 350 Results by Question Reports Graphical Results by Question Report 350 351 Results by Question Report Lene ee Late nate iets 350 rotating table 329 run TurningPoint 10 Session Management Export Session Data 398 Extract Participant Lists 426 Extract PowerP
236. nly USB devices skip to step 12 If you are using only vPad devices go to step 5 If you are using only Web vPad devices skip to step 6 TurningPoint User Guide 173 Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management d Hit the Enter key If you are using only USB devices skip to step 12 If you are using only vPad devices go to step 5 5 If you are using the vPad software enable the vPad a Select Enable This displays a drop down menu vPad vLinks b Change the Enable vPad Settings Window vPad Settings setting from False to True Enable yPad vLinks Port Number Note TurningPoint uses False as the default setting for Enable vPad c Select done If you are using only vPad devices skip to step 12 If you are using only Web vPad devices go to step 6 174 Turning Technologies Response Device Management 6 If you are using the Web Settings Window Web vPad Settings vPad enable the Web vPad a Change the Enable Web vPad setting from False to True Note TurningPoint uses false as the default setting for Enable Web vPad TurningPoint User Guide 175 Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management 7 Enter the URL of the Web vPad Sever a Double click in the blank This opens a text box in which you can type in the URL space to the right of URL for the Web vPad Server and directly below the True False drop down Web vPad Settings URL menu http hq turningtechnol
237. nswer Bullet Format Decimal Period Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Responders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add In always loaded Correct Point Value Restore default presentation settings Common Settings All Settings ing This displays a text box to enter the value you want correct answers to receive Settings Window Correct Point Value TurningPoint User Guide 99 Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides c Enter the correct point value d Hit the Enter key TurningPoint sets the point value for the presentation To set incorrect point values go to step f If you are done setting point values go to step 4 e Under Misc heading This displays a text box to enter the value you want select Incorrect Point incorrect answers to receive Value Settings Window Incorrect Point Value Incorrect Point Value fso f Enter the incorrect point value g Hit the Enter key TurningPoint sets the point value for the presentation Repeat steps a through d for each slide on which you want assign and individual point Otherwise go to step 4 100 Turning Technologies Modify Slides 3 Assign individual point values to a specific slide a Select the slide from the This displays the available sli
238. nswer see the descriptions for Chart Color Correct and Chart Color Incorrect settings below User Defined uses user defined colors To change colors see descriptions for Chart Color 1 through Chart Color 10 settings below The default is set at Color Scheme Determines the first chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the second chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the third chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Setting Chart Color 4 Chart Color 5 Chart Color 6 Chart Color 7 Chart Color 8 Chart Color 9 Chart Color 10 Description Determines the fourth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the fifth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the sixth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1
239. nt Sleeping Eating 6 Enter the desired question You can now poll participants and ask them to respond the and responses selected number of times Their responses are weighted and ranked first responses weighted more than second second more than third etc Designate a Demographic Slide You can designate a slide as demographic to see how a certain group in your audience responds to certain questions Slides designated as Demographic can be used in conjunction with Demographic Comparison Slides or Demographic Reports Find more information on Insert a Demographic Comparison Slide on page 81 and on Demographic Reports on page 352 Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of glasses 2 Select the slide you want to designate as Demographic from the Settings Hierarchy To designate a slide as Demographic The Settings window opens This displays the available settings for the slide in the right pane of the window 3 Under the Misc heading A Drop down menu appears select Demographic TurningPoint Settings Settings Poling Test Settings for Demographic Slide Eee 6 Sleeping A Chart Settings 7 Eating 26 Ona scale of 2 to 2 rate Chart Colors 27 What is your age group Chart Labels 1 16 25 Chart Value Format 2 26 30 Review Only 3 31 40 i 4 41 50 Misc 5 51 60 6 61 70 7 71 80 8
240. nu select File gt Open and select the TurningPoint presentation to be used 2 From the TurningPoint toolbar select the Response Device menu and select the device to be used To run a presentation session TurningPoint allows you to select how responses will be provided during the presentation Your choices are Select Response Devices Response Devices fl Response Devices Keyboard Keys 0 9 Simulated Data Response Devices a response device will be used during the presentation The response devices must have been set up in Settings Find more information on response devices in Install Devices on page 157 Keyboard Keys 0 9 you will provide input to the presentation using the keyboard keypad or number keys Simulated Data TurningPoint provides random responses to the presentation TurningPoint determines the number of responses to provide based on the number of expected devices designated in settings i e If you enter expected devices as 100 TurningPoint will provide up to 100 responses to each question in your presentation Find more information on expected devices in Manage Response Device Settings on page 171 3 From the TurningPoint This command clears any active sessions from memory and toolbar select Reset gt allows polling to take place Session Reset Session ai Continue 3 a Prior Session Se Session Current Slide Tey All Slides 4 From the TurningPoint A task
241. nyone with a response device can respond The default is set at True which only allows members of a participant list to respond and allows you to gather user information When set to false anyone can respond but you will not be able to gather user information Determine whether participant data received from a response device will overwrite the matching fields in the participant list The default is set to False which will not overwrite the participant list vPad Setting Enable vPad vLinks Port Number Web vPad Setting Enable Web vPad URL User Name Password Session Name Access Code Enables you to view and change various vPad settings Description Determines whether vPads or computers using vLinks can participate in the presentation remotely The default is set to False and will not allow vPads or computers using vLinks to participate remotely Manually change the Port number that vPads use to participate in the presentation Enables you to view and change various Web vPad settings Description Determines whether a Web vPad can participate in the presentation The default is set to False and will not allow Web vPads to participate Assign the URL of the Web vPad Server Assign a user name on the Web vPad server Assign a password on the Web vPad server Assign a session name for Participants to connect to the Web vPad Server Assign an Access code to be used by Participants to con
242. o Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to New Mexico Ohio to Virginia AND Condition OR Condition Add Delete Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Percentage of Responses then go to Slide Selection Example 2 2 TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to New Mexico Ohio to Virginia AND Condition OR Condition Add Delete Jf Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Majority Rules then go to 6 Where is the capital of Virginia During the presentation if all participants answer correctly the presentation continues with slide 5 Alternatively if the majority of participants select Cleveland the presentation continues with slide 6 Chapter 6 Tools Examples 3 1 through 3 3 illustrate both linked and independent conditions added to a single slide Example 3 1 TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to New Mexico Ohio to Virginia AND Condition OR Condition Add Jf Delete Jf Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Number of Responders and Number of Responders and Percentage of Responses then go
243. o ask you which task you would like to perform 2 Select Import Participant List WebCT Wizard Select Task WebCT Wizard WebCT Interface Select a Task to Perform Import Participant List O Export Grade Data Note The illustrations shown in this section are of the WebCT CE 4 1 interface but the interfaces for WebCT CE 6 0 Vista 3 4 and Blackboard are similar 3 Select the Next button TurningPoint provides a window for your login information Contact the technical support at the school to obtain this information if you do not have it 4 Enter your login information WebCT Wizard Login WebCT Wizard WebCT Log In Server Name IP 5 1 turninguniversity com eines 5 Select the Next button TurningPoint saves the Server Name IP and the Port Number You must enter your username and password for WebCT The system prompts you for the Institution s name and then displays all courses associated with your user name and password The next steps differ slightly depending on the type of system you have In WebCt CE 4 1 you indicate the course pertaining to the Participant List you want by following the instructions in the window In WebCT CE 6 0 Vista 3 4 you select the institution you belong to and then the course you wish to import from In Blackboard you provide the name of the field in the Participant List file that holds the KeyPad ID data 6 Provide the information WebCT Wizard Class Selec
244. o be more specific Likert Scale Slide Strongly Agree Somewhat Agree Neutral Somewhat Disagree Disagree Strongly Disagree What is your opinion A Generic 2 to 10 answer slide allows you to insert a a slide with up to 10 answers The template slide includes generically Icebreaker Slides worded question and answers You may wish to edit the question and answers to be more specific Generic Slide Please make your selection Choice One Choice Two Choice Three Choice Four Choice Five Choice Six Choice Seven Choice Eight Choice Nine 0 Choice Ten POON AMRWNE e E s E ET E E FF FF a ES S S a amp a SF SK amp oS oe amp amp amp An Icebreaker slide is a slide with analogy or word scramble questions to get your audience involved in your TurningPoint presentation Analogies are automatically generated but you must supply a word for the word scramble The Analogy icebreaker slide creates a slide with an analogy question with one missing word For example parking brake car anchor It includes four choices one of which is marked as the correct choice If you include a Correct Answer indicator the correct choice will be revealed after polling Find more information on adding a Correct Answer indicator in Add a Correct Answer Indicator on page 143 Analogy Slide parking brake car anchor plane 65 train ship RwN
245. o better fit your slide You can also delete the Answer Now indicator if you no longer want it to appear on the slide To replace an existing Answer Now indicator with a different type simply repeat these steps The current Answer Now indicator will be replaced with the new one you select Add a Countdown Indicator A Countdown indicator gives the audience a visual cue that polling for a question is about to close The Countdown indicator shows the number of seconds remaining and counts down to zero A countdown can have a maximum length of 999 seconds The indicator appears during a presentation when you advance the slide during polling When the countdown expires the Countdown indicator disappears and polling is automatically closed You can specify that a Countdown indicator should appear automatically on each TurningPoint slide that you create using the Countdown setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Countdown indicators are available in 11 styles Countdown Indicators Cw N 5 Remaining O Oo Ball Drop 2 Letter Clock O Hourglass O Timer O Candle 7 Sunset 8 No Vote Logo 10 Second Hand D Gemstone Step by Step Instructions 1 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to add an Countdown indicator Select Insert Object from the TurningPoint toolbar
246. o make changes to chart e Making changes at the presentation level affects all colors on the presentation slides you create in the future and modifies all slides in level or slide level the current presentation e Making changes on the slide level affects only the slide you select If you make changes on the slide level you must select the slide you wish to be affected from the Settings Hierarchy 4 Locate the Chart Colors A downward arrow will appear next to the value for the Chart setting in the Chart Settings Colors setting indicating that you can select a value for the group and select it setting from a drop down menu Chart Colors Setting Chart Color Incorrect 5 Select a value for the Chart There are three options Colors setting Color Scheme which uses the color scheme of your PowerPoint presentation 120 Turning Technologies User Defined which uses ten user defined colors Correct Incorrect which uses two user defined colors one for correct answers and one for incorrect The default colors for correct and incorrect are green and red respectively Note When Color Scheme is selected PowerPoint reverses the color order for Horizontal and Offset Charts Example If your color scheme has Light Blue Blue Aqua and Green with Light Blue as the first color to be displayed and Green as the last PowerPoint will display the colors in reverse for Horizontal and Offset Charts Green is the first color displayed
247. o on and by Device ID You may create multiple Participant Lists to be used with one interactive presentation Doing so allows you to use the presentation with multiple audiences and track the session results per audience Before You Begin Your Participant List must not exceed the number of devices licensed for use If you are not sure of the number perform the following steps on the computer to be used for presentations after you setup your response devices Step by Step Instructions To create a Participant List 1 From the TurningPoint The TurningPoint Participant List Wizard window opens toolbar select Participants gt Participant List Wizard Turning Point toolbar Participants W Select a Help z Participant List a Display Participant Monitor ts Importa Participant List if Edit a Participant List fes Delete a Participant List 2 Select a template to be used Participant List Wizard to create your own TurningPoint Participant List Wizard Participant List Please select a Participant List Template My Custom Templates Education Template O Corporate Template O Available Fields Template O Custom Template Participant List template choices include Education contains standard student information used for K 12 and higher education presentations such as name and student ID Corporate contains entries for the information most often used in corporate feedback meetings including
248. od 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati Chart setae 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 5 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Participants In Leaderboard 5 4 Where is the capital of New Teams In Leaderboard 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe Misc ches ARTOS Add In always loaded le a corect ront vave Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O All Settings This displays the available presentation settings and the Restore default presentation settings button Settings Window Restore default presentation settings Restore default presentation settings button TurningPoint User Guide 109 3 Select the Restore default This displays a box warning that all settings will be restored presentation settings button back to the default state Restore default presentation settings Warning TurningPoint This will restore the presentation settings back to the default installation state Do you want to continue 4 Select Yes to clear answer TurningPoint resets all of your answer values to the default values values Select No if you do not wish to reset al
249. oint Presentation 429 Extract Session XML File os Sth ens ate aah napa Aas a ee 432 Merge Session Files 423 Participant List Merge 417 Send Sessions 435 Sessions 383 backup sessions 399 backups 386 389 change default save location 386 editing 390 emailing 435 exporting 398 extracting as XML 432 extracting Participant Lists Seiten ncaa etch Re ted tak 426 extracting PowerPoint 429 format files 405 importing files 391 merging files 422 reSt et Gan aes eek 394 resetting 12 Restore Reset Default 388 resuming 12 389 running 39 324 saving 12 327 385 sessions saving 05 43 setup devices 153 settings 153 All Settings 191 Answer 217 Answer Settings 195 apply all 191 Auto Scale 126 Backup Settings 196 Chart Settings197 211 217 Common Settings 191 Competition Settings 200 default 191 establishing 317 manage 153 Misc 201 214 Moment to Moment Settings past ee a tobe Bad 203 presentation 195 Presenter vPad Settings204 Ranking Settings 204 response device 192 Response Reminders Setting 215 Response Reminders Settings 205 Response Non Response Grid Setting
250. oint of the answer for all other Value slides Contextual Menu Set as Correct Set as Incorrect Set Point Value Clear Answer Value 2 Clear All Answer Values TurningPoint User Guide 105 Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 3 Place your cursor in the An Answer Values Task Pane appears listing all of the Answer region of the slide answers and current answer values Answer Values Task Pane 106 Turning Technologies 4 Select Set Point Value from Answer Values Task Pane Select Set Points the Answer Value drop down os b Clear All Answer Values OX Answer 1 Columbus Answer Value Correct v No Value Correct Answer 2 Incorect Set Points Incorrect v Answer 3 Youngstown Answer Value Incorrect v Answer 4 Cleveland Answer Value Incorrect v A dialogue box asking you to enter a point value opens Point Value Dialog Box TurningPoint Please enter a point value 10000 5 Enter a point value in the TurningPoint sets the point value for the selected answer space provided and click the OK button Note You can also set the point value in the Settings menu after selecting a specific slide Under Misc enter the desired point values beside Correct Point Value and Incorrect Point Value Find more information about modifying settings in Settings on page 189 You can set the point value for another answer by repeating these steps on another answer Yo
251. olors The colors used by charts are defined in the TurningPoint settings By default the charts take on the colors defined in your PowerPoint presentation s color scheme Note Cnart settings will retain any modifications you make even after you add or remove answers on the modified chart slides Step by Step Instructions 1 Open the Settings window from the TurningPoint toolbar by selecting Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select the All Settings radio button To change chart colors The Settings window opens TurningPoint Settings Settings poling Test Settings Window DER lt Response Device S 1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 5 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad T l gt x Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Responders Maximum Responders Participants In Leaderboard Teams In Leaderboard Misc Add In always loaded Correct Point Value Decimal Period True Color Sche
252. oment tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AP Reports tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AP ReportsDemog tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 Ah y gt My Session Files O My Backup Session Files You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about where your session files are stored in Save Results from a Session on page 385 You can also import a session using the Import Session button shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere 4 Choose a session file You may choose a session file in one of the following ways Select the Current Session in red text to use the session currently open in PowerPoint This option is available only if you have a TurningPoint presentation open and response data has been collected Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder To display the session files from your Sessions folder in the list of files select My Session Files Press F5 to refresh the sessions list Select a session file from your backup session files To display the backup session files in the list of files select My Backup Session Files Press F5 to refresh the sessions list Import a session file from another location Use the Import Session button to open a file dialog to locate and select the session file
253. on Horizontal Slide Enter question text 3D Pie Slide The 3D pie slide contains a three dimensional pie chart with a slice for each answer and a key indicating the color representing each answer 3D Pie Slide Enter question text Enter answer text Enter answer text Enter answer text om Nr Enter answer text 25 25 25 25 B Enter answer text E Enter answer text E Enter answer text E Enter answer text Distributed Pie Slide The distributed pie slide is similar to the 3D pie slide except the slices are shown separated from each other Distributed Pie Slide Enter question text Enter answer text Enter answer text Enter answer text th E Enter answer text E A 25 25 B Enter answer text E Enter answer text E Enter answer text M Enter answer text Offset Slide The offset slide contains a bar chart with horizontal bars for each answer Each bar is shown directly below the corresponding answer in the answer region Offset Slide Enter question text Enter answer text 25 Enter answer text 25 Enter answer text 25 Enter answer text 25 Doughnut Slide The doughnut slide contains a pie chart with a hollow center with a slice for each answer and a key indicating the color representing each answer Doughnut Slide Enter question text Ent
254. on Window Change Answer Value contextual menu that TurningPoint Edit Session appears Edit Session Questions 1 where is the capital of Ohio 2 where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is the capital of the United States 4 where is the capital of New Mexico 5 Where is the capital of the United States 6 Where is the capital of Virginia Z where is the canital of Virninia Answers Columbus Cincinnati Change answer value to Correct Youngstown Change answer value to Incorrect Cleveland Change answer value to a point value Clear answer value Question type Demographic Default Correct value 100 Answer value Correct Default Incorrect value 0 8 When you are finished A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for making changes to the the session file session data select the Save Session button below the list of answers 9 Specify a name and location for the exported file Note You should use the file extension tpz for session files 10 Select the Save button The file is saved and the dialog closes 11 Select the Finish button to exit the Edit Session window Delete Results from a Session You can use the same presentation to create a new set of responses The Reset menu on the TurningPoint toolbar gives you the option of deleting the results in order to redo a session or present a new session You also have t
255. on page 341 View Polling Status TurningPoint provides three mechanisms to see how many participants have responded to the question when polling is open You can expand the Showbar to see how many responses are received You can display a Response Grid Or you can open the Participant Monitor to see the full details of the audience response This section describes using the expanded Showbar and the Response Grid to view participant results Find more information about the Participant Monitor in Use the Participant Monitor on page 330 Step by Step Instructions To view the polling results 1 On the Showbar select The Showbar expands to display three additional regions that Display Interactive Results show the polling status After everyone submits a response the number in the Responses column equals the total number of participants Showbar Expansion responses user Feedback polling 1 closed i Display Expands the Showbar to display the interactive responses user questions and polling results regions The Showbar also becomes fully visible on the slide Responses Identifies the number of responses received from the audience This area is not visible when the slide show starts User With vPad devices shows the typed Feedback questions With ResponseCards shows the presses of the question mark key Polling Identifies whether polling is open or closed The background of this region is green when polling i
256. oup Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options c Select Remove The field group will be deleted Field Group 250 Turning Technologies 9 Optionally rearrange the column order in your Participant List a Place a checkmark in the box next to Check to rearrange column order located at the bottom of the window b Select the column you want to move c Drag and drop the column to its new location 10 Select File gt Save Manage Participant Lists Participant Information Rearrange Columns Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl i Fie Edt Import Device ID Last Name First Name Student 1D gt 76 Washington George 1776 85 Franklin Benjanmin 1752 90 Hamilton Alexander 1801 43 Adams John Q 7679 09 Lincoln Abraham 1865 23 Ford Gerald 7878 Check to rearrange column order editing functionality wil be limited Team Team2 Team3 Number of Participants 6 Please select a Participant List you would lke to edit by c
257. ow 2 Select the new color Setting Chart Color 10 Chart Color Correct Chart Color Incorrect Chart Labels Chart Value Format Reset Charts Description Determines the tenth chart color to be used for User Defined color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the color to be used for Correct answers for Correct Incorrect color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines the color to be used for Incorrect answers for Correct Incorrect color setting To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color Determines if Answer Aliases Answer Bullet Format or Bullet Points will be displayed in the chart labels and legends The default is set to Aliases Determines whether TurningPoint displays the chart values a a whole number Number of people who answered a question or Percentage Percentage of people who answer each question The valid formats are 0 0 0 0 and 0 00 The default is set at 0 Determines whether the chart data will be cleared whenever a slide is reset The default is set to True which resets the chart data Setting Review Only Standard Chart Type Description Determines whether to a chart showing how participants responded to a quest
258. p by Step Instructions 1 290 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar To set up conditional branching The Tools menu opens Select Conditional Branching Response Devices Turning Reports Session Management gt E Standards Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Heeg Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver gt ROPE Turning Technologies 2 Select Conditional Branching The Conditional Branching window opens from the Tools menu Conditional Branching Window TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide Add Delete Rename Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name AND Condition OR Condition Conditional Branching Rule Description Cancel 3 Select the slide where the You will specify where to branch which slide to show next branch will begin in the based on the outcome of the selected slide s polling Selected Slide drop down menu Conditional Branching Window Select Slide TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio 3 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 4 Where is the capital of the United States IS Where is the capital of New Mexico 6 Where is the capital of Vi
259. pane appears to the right listing the available toolbar select the Participant Participant Lists The default Participant List is shown as List Button and select the Anonymous TurningPoint shows all Participant Lists Participant List to be used available in the Participants folder Participant lists located on the desktop or in other folders are not displayed Participant List Selection TurningPoint 2008 Participant Lists x Current Participant List Anonymous Available Lists Historic Men Partic 1 Partic 2 Presidents Import a List Use Selected List 5 From the PowerPoint ribbon This displays a menu of slide show options select the Slide Show tab 6 Inthe Start Slide Show section select From the Beginning The first slide of the presentation is shown 7 Use the left mouse button to Optionally you can press the Spacebar Enter or Right Click control the progress of the and select next on the shortcut menu to control progress slide show For each slide a Advance the presentation Polling opens automatically when a TurningPoint slide to a TurningPoint slide to appears in the slide show TurningPoint receives open polling responses when polling is open Polling is the mechanism by which TurningPoint accepts and tallies responses b Click the slide once to No responses are accepted when polling is closed close polling and display the results c Click again to advance
260. pant List must be saved in My Documents TurningPoint Participants on the computer that runs the presentation session 9 Select the OK button The file name displays in the Select a Participant List drop down menu if it is saved in the My Documents TurningPoint Participants folder TurningPoint Toolbar New Participant List Participants v Manage Participant Lists After you have imported a Participant List or created one with the Participant List Wizard you can make changes to a Participant List or delete it altogether This section describes how to Modify a Participant List Delete a Participant List Add Data to a Participant List from a Course Management System Modify a Participant List Follow these steps if you would like to make changes to an existing Participant List Although the presenter s computer assigns response device numbers to each participant you can manually assign a participant to a specific device number by modifying the list Before You Begin A Participant List should have a tpl extension TurningPoint participants format You must import the Participant List or create a list using the Participant List Wizard Assistant before editing it with TurningPoint When modifying a Participant List you may add as many new participants as needed If you add more participants than the number of expected devices range that were designated when you setup your devices and you are using a Response Table yo
261. ple based on the settings specified Observe this example as you change the format settings in the next few steps to ensure it matches your expectations Additionally you can join two fields together or include blank fields in the exported file Use the Insert A Blank Field and Insert a Join Field buttons below the list of fields to insert a join field or a blank field You can move join fields and blank fields up and down the list just like the other fields A join field joins the previous field and the following field into a single field You might wish to do this with the First Name and Last Name fields for example 17 18 19 Specify whether to create a delimited or fixed width file Specify whether to use double quotes single quotes or no quotes to enclose the text in fields When you have finished modifying the settings for the format of the file select the Next button A blank field simply puts a blank separator between fields Depending on how you will use the exported file you may need to separate some data with blank fields A delimited file includes a delimiter between each of the fields You can select a comma semicolon tab space or other delimiter A fixed width file uses fields of a specified width number of characters You can choose a width for the fields The format you choose depends on how you will use the exported file Note You should use either double or single quotes for
262. ponse Devices J D 2 Turning Reports Session Management gt E Standards p Comparative Links Se Conditional Branching Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Fal Enterprise Manager d Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver v g 2 Select Import from An Import a TestingPoint Document window opens allowing TestingPoint you to select the file to import Import a TestingPoint Document Window Import a TestingPoint Document Look in E TestingPoint txlt 4 My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents My Computer File name TestingPoint My Network Files of type TestingPoint Test txlt 3 Navigate to the file you would like to import and select it 4 Select the Open button to A dialog box opens allowing you to choose to add the slides continue to the end of the current presentation or create a new presentation Import Dialog Box TurningPoint 2 Would you like to add your slides to the end of the active presentation If No is selected a new presentation will be created Yes No 5 Select the Yes button to add TurningPoint builds the slides from the file If the file contains the slides to the current many slides this may take some time presentation or select the No button to create a new presentation Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has demonst
263. port Step by Step Instructions To view a report 41 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Turning Reports Response Devices O TumingReports Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching EJ im 3H W Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards a Blackboard Wizard A VantagePoint QuestionPoint Fal Enterprise Manager d au Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Turning Reports from The Turning Reports window opens displaying two tabs the Tools menu Sessions and Reports TurningPoint User Guide 343 3 Select the Sessions tab The Turning Reports window displays a list of the session files in your Sessions folder Turning Reports Select Session Turning Reports Current Session Sessions Reports Please select your session Press F5 to refresh the sessions list Name Date a gt Current Session 7 12 2007 PMi tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 Ar Pmio tpe 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AP PM11 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 Ar pmiz tpe 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 ar Pm6 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 ar PM7 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 ar pma tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 A PM9 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 Ar PriorityDemogM
264. port the session data using a predefined scheme for certain gradebook applications Step by Step Instructions To export session data into a text file 4 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Session Management gt Export Session Data KK Response Devices Session Management gt Export Session Data Standards Participant Merge Excel Comparative Links Merge Session Files Se Conditional Branching jg Extract Participant List F Import from TestingPoint E Extract PowerPoint Presentations i Parser i Extract Session XML File Update Parser Template eg Send Session Ranking Wizard f Edit Session WebCT Wizards gt E Blackboard Wizard A VantagePoint QuestionPoint Fa Enterprise Manager d Settings ee Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Session Management The Export Session window opens displaying a list of session gt Export Session Data files in your Session Folder 3 Select Export Session Data from the list of options 4 Choose a session file in one of the following ways Select a session file from the list of files in your Sessions folder Select a session file from your backup session files Import a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file from another location You can toggle which files are displayed in the list by selecting My Session Files or My Backup Session Files Find more information about wh
265. press the F6 key to return to the original chart Where Do I Go From Here This chapter has demonstrated how to run and manage presentations You are now ready to begin reviewing reports and understanding presentation data You can find information in Chapter 8 Reports Chapter 7 Run Presentations 340 Turning Technologies Reports Turning Reports allows you to view export and print a wide variety of reports based on the responses you received during your TurningPoint and TurningPoint Anywhere sessions The reports are Word or Excel files with information about the questions and answers participants and responses gathered in your presentation The Report Wizard Turning Reports displays a hierarchical menu of reports organized by category such as Results by Question Reports and Demographic Reports If you double click on one of these categories the Report Wizard Turning Reports screen displays subheadings of specific report titles including Graphical Results by Question and Demographic Comparison and also shows samples of each selected report View a Report You can create reports using Turning Reports available in the Tools menu in the TurningPoint toolbar This section describes how to View a Report View a Report Use Turning Reports to generate reports Before You Begin Create a session file by running a presentation session and saving the file Find more information in Chapter 7 Run Presentations View a Re
266. press the Spacebar Enter or Right Click and select next on the shortcut menu to control progress TurningPoint receives responses when polling is open Polling Open responses user Feedback 0 0 No responses are accepted when polling is closed Polling Closed polling closed responses user Feedback 0 0 Note To advance slides you may use any method PowerPoint allows such as clicking the mouse or pressing the space bar arrow keys or Enter key If you exit the program TurningPoint prompts you to name and save the session results to a file The default location is My Documents gt TurningPoint gt Sessions TurningPoint adds the date and time to the file name For every session TurningPoint automatically creates a backup copy and stores it at My Documents gt TurningPoint gt Sessions gt Backup You can set TurningPoint to automatically delete old backup sessions using the Backup Maintenance setting a presentation level setting In the Backup Maintenance field enter the number of days you want to keep files TurningPoint will eliminate backup sessions created before that time Find more information on modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 Store your session file in the Sessions folder suggested by TurningPoint to allow the session file to be used again by TurningPoint to restart sessions or generate reports Find information about reports in Reports
267. preview Include Page Breaks Turning Reports Current Session Sessions Reports Please select the report s to generate Reports by Category 3 Results by Question Reports J gS Demographic Reports Participant Results Reports Results by Participant Reports Participant Lists Standards Reports Comparative Scoring Reports Team Scoring Reports Percentile Reports 5 Other Reports Description and Report Sample Report Description Categories in italics have options Change numeric responses to alphabetic responses 1 2 B etc Include Page Breaks in all that apply Generate Report If you check the box TurningPoint will create page breaks at convenient places in the report for ease of printing TurningPoint creates the report and opens it in Microsoft Excel or Word This may take some time especially if there are a large number of questions or participants in the session You can generate as many reports as you like When one report is finished being created select another type of report from the list and select the Generate Report button again 9 When you are finished creating reports the Exit button to close the Turning Reports window Next Steps You can use Excel or Word to edit save or print the reports Types of Reports This section describes
268. ption Determines whether the SlideShow will automatically advance to the next animation if polling is closed by a Countdown Indicator or Response Counter object The default is set to False which does not automatically advance the SlideShow Setting Countdown Seconds Countdown Sound Description Set the number of seconds a Countdown object will display The acceptable range is 1 999 The default is set at 10 seconds Use a sound file for a Countdown sound To add a Countdown sound 1 double click the current setting to open the folder window 2 Navigate to the folder containing the wav or mp3 file is located 3 Select the file name 4 Select open 5 Select done The default is set to None The acceptable file extensions include aiff au mid midi mp3 wav and wma Answer Settings Answer level settings affect specific answers The answer settings apply to the answer selected from the Settings Hierarchy TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Answer Settings Response Device Presentation 3 4 5 2 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad A
269. r based on point values Select to show scores as percentages as letter grades as point values or any combination by checking the boxes Specify the grading scale by selecting ranges for the letter grades from the drop down menus Show score as point value Adjust the grading scale Scale isfromOto 100 jo w joy p w o x Where is the capital of Ohio Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Where is the capital of the United States Where is the capital of New Mexico Where is the capital of the United States Where is the capital of Virginia Where is the capital of Virginia What is the capital of Tennessee 10 What is the capital of Michigan 11 What is the capital of Delaware Cancel If you base scores on Correct Incorrect values the percentage score is calculated by dividing the participant s number of correct answers by the number of total answers If you base scores on point values the percentage score is calculated by dividing the participant s number of correct answers by the point value you specify in the box provided You may include any or all of these ways of representing the scores in the exported file The default ranges show a typical grading scale You can alter the grading scale by selecting a new range To change values upward grade on a stricter scale start from A and work your w
270. r the slides created by the Ranking Wizard If you are using a Z criterion check the boxes if you would like to use the following options e Show Bubble Names shows the name of each item on the bubble that represents it in the ranking chart If you choose paired comparisons you may allow a response of No Preference by checking the box for that option Grouping slides by criterion will present the slides for each item about criterion X then slides for each item about criterion Y and so on Grouping slides by item will present the slides for each criterion about item A then the slides for each criterion about item B and so on Using Auto Advance automatically advances the slide after all participants have responded to a question Commonly you are not interested in seeing the results for individual slides in the ranking questions You can remove the check mark and use it in combination with Auto Advance to make your way quickly through the ranking questions to display the ranking chart The chart also includes a key that color codes the bubbles with the items 13 14 15 e Show Bubble Sizes shows the numerical size of each item s bubble on the ranking chart When you have specified all the options you would like to use select the Next button Uncheck the boxes next to the numbers if you wish to limit the scale to less than 1 10 If you would like to add labels to the numbers select a number a
271. r Blackboard you can use TurningPoint to transfer classroom information between your computer and a server Varying degrees of integration are available for different versions of these course management systems TurningPoint can work with WebCT and Blackboard to import a Participant List from a server The following steps describe how to connect to WebCT and Blackboard from TurningPoint Before trying to import data into TurningPoint ensure you are set up properly on the system s server Contact the technical support at the school if you need assistance with setup Before You Begin On WebCT the following steps need to occur with WebCT before using the WebCT Wizard The system administrator at the institution adds a column called KeyPadID in WebCT The instructions on how to add a column are found in the System Administrator s Guide WebCT Campus Edition The instructor creates a class list and includes the KeyPad ID field The students log into WebCT and enter their KeyPad ID number twice the second time to confirm and then enter their contact information Students receive a message that the add was successful and that their currently registered Device ID is xxxy etc The instructor can then gather all response Device IDs from registered students To use the WebCT Wizard you need to obtain the following information from the technical support staff at the school server name of the WebCT server port number of the WebCT server
272. ractive results Press for moveable Showbar Opens a Response Grid on the screen allowing you to see which participants have responded to the question The size location visual display and contents of the grid are controlled using the controls in the Presentation Settings Find more information about settings in Establish the Presentation Settings on page 317 Opens a Response Grid on the screen As each participant responds their response box is removed from the grid Advances the slide show to the next slide Opens the Participant Monitor Find more information in the Using the Participant Monitor section Opens a drop down menu allowing you to select the slide type to be inserted into the presentation Expands the Showbar to display the responses user responses and polling status Allows the Showbar to moved anywhere on the Screen 10 Clickthe mouse to control the 11 progress of the slide show a Open polling Polling will automatically open when you display a slide b Click a second time to close polling and display the results c Click again to advance to the next slide Click at the end of the slides to exit from the Slide Show or optionally press the Esc key The control of each slide will vary slightly depending on the objects you choose to insert when you create the slides Find information on slide objects and their behavior in Add Objects on page 128 Optionally you can
273. rated how to use tools with TurningPoint After you present a session you are ready to run a presentation Chapter 7 Run Presentations describes the process of running a presentation Chapter 6 Tools 314 Turning Technologies Run Presentations After you have created the slides and objects discussed in Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides you are ready to run an interactive presentation The process of running a presentation requires a few preliminary steps and offers some options and tools that this chapter demonstrates for you Each time you run a presentation TurningPoint creates a unique session A session is made up of data pertaining to the response devices the participants in the audience and the responses of the participants This data typically saves to the computer that is running the presentation To run a presentation Establish the settings for gathering and storing responses on the computer that runs the presentation The settings are made up of the results data which may need to be reset the response devices and the Participant List Optionally the settings could include preferences for the Response Grid especially if infrared keypads are used Run a session A presentation session feels similar to running a typical PowerPoint slide show but as you present the Showbar is initially available at the top of the screen during interactive slides The Showbar can be moved to any location on the screen by selecting th
274. rdware devices the next step is to create a Participant List to keep track of the participants for your presentation Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams demonstrates this process If you already have a Participant List for the audience you will be presenting to you are ready to conduct your presentation Chapter 7 Run Presentations demonstrates this process TurningPoint Device and Settings Management This chapter discusses the installation and management of the Response Devices available for use by your audience Additionally this chapter describes the various settings available for customizing your presentation Your audience responds to your interactive presentation using a response device You can license response devices from Turning Technologies for use with TurningPoint These response devices include Response Device Description Response Innovations ResponseCard IR a compact response device that uses infrared technology to send audience responses Response Device Description Responsive Innovations ResponseCard XL a compact response device that uses infrared technology to send audience responses and allows for self paced testing by letting students enter responses to many different questions on the card s LCD then transmitting all the answers at once Responsive Innovations eee ResponseCard RF a compact k response device that uses radio gt AG frequency technology to send o0
275. re 4i 3 Rehoboth Beach _ 4 Georgetown Results by Participant Answer Detail Report the participant s response This report displays correct answers The Response Detail Report includes the question along with in green and incorrect answers in red and calculates the Results by Participant Response Detail Report percentage of correct answers and the total points accumulated by each participant Results by Participant Response Detail Report Turning Results by Participant Response Detail George Washington 1 Where is the capital of Ohio Columbus 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is the capital of the United States 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico Santa Fe IS Where is the capital of the United States 6 Where is the capital of Virginia 7 Where is the capital of Virginia Richmond 8 What isthecapitalof Tennessee Nashville 19 Which one isthe United States Flag 10 What is the capital of Michigan Lansing 111 What is the capital of Delaware 1 Where is the capital of Ohio 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 3 Where is the capital of the United States 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico IS Where is the capital of the United States Washington D C E Where is the capital of Virginia 7 Where is the capital of Virginia Richmond 8 What isthe capital of Tennessee Nashville
276. rginia 7 What is the capital of Tennessee 18 Which one is the United States Flag 9 What is the capital of Michigan AND Condition OR Condition Conditional Branching Rule Description Chapter 6 Tools 4 Select Add to adda The condition appears in the Conditional Rules box with a condition default name of New Rule Conditional Branching Window New Rule TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules AND Condition OR Condition Delete _ Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description IF Condition then go to Slide Selection 5 Optionally rename the A box will appear for you to enter the new name of the rule condition by selecting Select OK The name has been changed Rename Conditional Branching Window Rename Condition TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name New Rule AND Condition Rename Conditional Branching Rule adi eeste Enter new rule name Conditional Branching Rule Descrip NEMETE TF Condition then go to Slide Sd Cea 292 Turning Technologies Optionally create multiple conditions for a slide by selecting AND Con
277. ributed Pie Slide 59 Doughnut Slide 60 Horizontal Slide 58 menu 202 57 Offset Chart Slide 60 Offset Slide 60 Answer Settings 217 Chart Settings 217 settings Answer 217 answers clear values 108 111 indentifying correct 89 92 marking values 393 speed scoring 113 Apply all 191 Auto Scale 126 blank fields 405 bonus questions 405 branching see conditional branching Built in Standards Create sac ee has 269 3D Pie euroo aie ait as 59 0 eager mn ae aera 441 change color 118 change type 86 comparative linking 285 Distributed Pie 59 Doughnut 60 Horizontal 58 inserting 123 Offset 60 using color 118 Vertical 58 class rosters importing 233 class select window 235 clear answer values 108 111 Common Settings 191 comparative links 259 284 doli as ebehe daa nada 441 deleting 288 settingup 285 Comparative Scoring Reports a dada anoadd ed ates 367 Individual Scoring Report eee 367 Scoring Distribution Report pan gained gai a does dd 367 368 comparisons 284 data aggregating 422 editing 390 OXPOMt 2 ee ees 397 exporting 398 d
278. rningPoint s custom features to the slide to meet your needs Read this chapter to understand how to add objects such as response timers and indicators how to set slide defaults how to convert existing slides into interactive TurningPoint slides and more Device setup is easy However if you need more help than what is included in this Getting Started chapter you ll find it here Read this chapter for a comprehensive guide of the available settings and how they can help you create a presentation to meet your needs Participant Lists can use the default templates or can be customized to include information according to your needs or requirements Read this chapter to understand how to create custom Participant Lists how to create Groups how to modify or delete a Participant List and how to download participant information from other sources The tools discussed in this chapter include how to work with the Ranking Wizard how to set up standards for your slides and how to set up advanced features such as Comparative Links and Conditional Branching Chapter Name Run Presentations Reports Sessions Export Appendices Description Would you like to establish presentation session default behaviors Have you included animation in your slides Would you like to add slides during your presentation This chapter focuses on the behavior of your slides during a Slide Show presentation and identifies how you the pre
279. rningPoint Slide Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide The answer values are used to compute the scores in the summary slides for competitions Additionally they are available in TurningPoint Reports Find more information in Reports on page 341 You can set numerical point value for an answer in the range of negative 10 000 10 000 An answer set as Correct has a default point value of 100 An incorrect answer has a default value of 0 You can assign different point values to different answers if one answer should be awarded more than another for example You can change the default point value for both correct and incorrect answers Additionally you could enable participants to receive positive points even if they answer incorrectly Conversely you could enable participants to receive negative points if they answer correctly Find more information in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 You can identify a correct or incorrect answer by following the instructions in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide Modify Slides Step by Step Instructions To set a point value for an answer 14 Navigate to the slide on which you want to set point values 2 Right click on the picture for The answer is highlighted and a contextual menu opens At the a picture slide or the number bottom of this menu note the group of items including Set P
280. rs A single receiver is sufficient for up to 1000 keypads and a direct line of sight between the receiver and the keypad is not necessary When the receiver is connected the participant has to simply press the number or letter on the keypad to send a response Find information about setting up the receiver in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Why is a keypad not working The correct keypads may not be matched with the receiver Check your response device settings Find information about the response device settings in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management The keypad s batteries may be too low or dead Press a button on the keypad The light on the keypad blinks or does not light up if the batteries need to be replaced The keypad may not be correctly programmed Refer to the Programming ResponseCards insert in the TurningPoint kit How do track responses from participants Create a Participant List in TurningPoint and then use the Participant Monitor to view the responses from each participant You can either create a Participant List using the Participant List Wizard or by importing an existing file Find information about participant lists in Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Find information about the Participant Monitor in Chapter 7 Run Presentations When running the presentation why don t the graphs appear unless I advance to the next slide and then go back The anima
281. rt on the right hand side of the Turning Reports window Find more information in Reports on page 341 You can select multiple reports by selecting multiple check boxes You can also select an entire category of reports by selecting the check box for the category You can select to change numeric responses to alphabetic responses by checking the Change numeric responses to alphabetic responses check box Click Change Numeric Responses Turning Reports Current Session Sessions Reports Please select the report s to generate Reports by Category a 3 Results by Question Reports E g Demographic Reports a Participant Results Reports Results by Participant Reports Participant Lists Standards Reports Comparative Scoring Reports Team Scoring Reports Percentile Reports Other Reports Description and Report Sample Report Description The description of the currently selected report will be displayed here Categories in italics have options Change numeric responses to alphabetic responses 1 A 2 B etc Generate Report 7 Specify whether to include page breaks in the report by checking the Include Page Breaks check box if available 8 Select the Generate Report button Depending on the type of report you select the Include Page Breaks check box may be displayed below the report
282. s 206 ResponseCard Channels 192 ResponseCard Misc 193 restore default 191 Showbar Settings 209 Slider 35 6 oi fein oh Re 210 VP AG dasah deka es 194 Web vPad 194 window 189 190 ShowBar 325 326 defo areara pa a 445 expansion 328 slide settings 210 Chart Settings 211 Misc 005 214 Response Reminders Setting 215 slides SD PIG eeraa Beas 59 OC sata Tenkes 48 adding objects 128 advancing 327 Analogy 68 69 Chart dias pia twin da 57 Competition 61 converting 123 creating 22 47 51 customizing 25 Demographic Comparison Aa reo ee pind bel i 75 81 Distributed Pie 59 Doughnut 60 lt 1 aera area ee 54 ESSAY sen ee deed 73 Fastest Responders 63 64 Fill in the Blank 72 73 Generic 67 68 Horizontal 58 Icebreaker 68 import 307 import using TurningPoint Parse sii dod atargeeia ac 307 inserting 326 inserting on the fly 334 Likert Scale 67 modifying 85 Moment to Moment 75 Offset ow oe ese etd 60 Participant Leader Board62 Priority Ranking 73 74 ResponseCard RF Channel ee eee 70 71 saving 54 selecting 56 Special 70 Team Assignment 61 Team Leader Board 62 63 Template
283. s channel setting prevents frequency disruption between response devices and receivers Before you change the channel settings on the ResponseCard devices you will need to change the channel on the receiver There are 82 possible channels for the ResponseCard RF and 74 possible channels for ResponseCard XR and the default channel is 41 Once the channel is set correctly on the receiver display the ResponseCard RF Channel Slide early in your presentation so that participants can update the channel code on their devices ResponseCard RF Channel Slide Channel Setting Instructions for ResponseCard RF 1 Press and release the GO button 2 While the light is flashing red and green enter the 2 digit channel code i e channel 1 01 channel 21 21 3 After the second digit is entered Press and release the GO button 4 Press and release the 1 A button The light should flash yellow to confirm vPad Web vPad Log In Slide The vPad Web vPad Log In slide displays setup information for participants using vPad or Web vPad to send their responses The vPad Web vPad Log In slide displays the computer s friendly name IP address and port number which are required for participants submitting responses using vPad and the Session Name and Access Code for Web vPad If some of the participants in your audience will be using vPad or Web vPad you should include this slide early in your presentation so that the
284. s located on a label inside the ResponseCard Kit What does the dongle look like The dongle has an end that plugs into a USB port as depicted in the image below USB Dongle USB Dongle Which response devices are compatible with TurningPoint Turning Technologies partners with Responsive Innovations to provide audience response devices that are specifically designed to support the functionality of TurningPoint The ResponseCard IR ResponseCard XL ResponseCard RF and ResponseCard XR from Responsive Innovations are products that are optimally suited for use with TurningPoint Users also have the option of using TurningPoint s vPad and Web vPad two applications for using a virtual keypad How do set up the response devices All of the response device settings can be found in the Settings windows From the TurningPoint toolbar select the Tools gt Settings which looks like a pair of eyeglasses Find information about Installing Response Devices in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Where should I put the receiver Because the IR device uses infrared technology and line of sight communication place it in a central location in the front of the room where it is high enough for everyone to see The effective range of an IR device receiver is about 75 feet 25 meters You will need to install one receiver for every 80 participants The effective range of an RF device receiver is about 200 feet 60 mete
285. s Lists Select a state or country Select a topic Select a subject Select a grade OH Ohio m Academic Content Standards w SCI Science 2003 K Kindergarten Current Standards List Presentation indergarten Standards for Current Selection ISCI K Earth and Space Sciences L SC1 K 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in th SCI K A Observe constant and changing patterns of objects in the day and nigt S SCLK The Universe BE SC1 K 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in the daytime but the SCI K B Explain that living things cause changes on Earth S W SCLK Processes That Shape Earth 0 SCLK 2 Explore that animals and plants cause changes to their surrourn SCI K C Observe describe and measure changes in the weather both long terr S SCLK Processes That Shape Earth 2 SCLK 3 Explore that sometimes change is too fast to see and sometime SCLK 4 Observe and describe day to day weather changes e g toda O SCLK 5 Observe and describe seasonal changes in weather JD SCLK 0 Describe what resources are and recognize some are limited but can be SCLK No indicators present for this benchmark lt gt Clear All Standard SCI K 1 Observe that the Sun can be seen only in the daytime but the Moon can be seen sometimes at night and sometimes during the day You can remove a standard using the left arrow button lt
286. s and manage your TurningPoint sessions through Turning Reports In addition to Turning Point sessions Turning Reports allows you to access and manage TurningPoint Anywhere sessions Chapter 9 Sessions Recall the five steps to presentation success a Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint tee Step Two Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings Where is the capital of Ohio Ii Optionally Manage Tools Optionally Export Data This chapter discusses how to save and manage sessions 384 Turning Technologies Manage and Edit Sessions With TurningPoint you can stop and save a session and pick up where you left off at a later time You can also use a TurningPoint setting to create back up files of your session Knowing how to save resume and delete a session gives you greater flexibility during your presentation This section describes how to Save Results from a Session Changing the Default Save Location Continue a Previously Saved Session Edit Session Data Delete Results from a Session Save Results from a Session TurningPoint can quickly save a session so it is available for retrieving the results or resuming the session later Before You Begin Identify a reliable location on the computer or on a data storage device where you would like to save the presentation Step by Step Instructions To save a session 1 From the Slide Show view TurningPoint concl
287. s on a single chart Conditional Branching Conditional branching determines the order of slides based on participant responses Correct Answer Indicator A Correct Answer indicator is an object on a TurningPoint slide that gives a visual indication of the correct answer s after polling has closed Countdown Indicator A Countdown indicator is an object on a TurningPoint slide that gives the audience a visual indication that polling is about to close and that they should respond soon Countdown Sound A Countdown Sound is sound file used with a Countdown Indicator that gives the audience an audible indication that polling is about to close and that they should respond soon The acceptable file extensions include aiff au mid midi mp3 wav and wma Criteria In a ranking the criteria are the qualities on which the items to be ranked are compared There are 1 3 criteria for the ranking corresponding to the X Y and Z axes of the ranking chart Data Slicing Data slicing is data analysis that entails cross referencing the results from question to the results of a another question Device ID The Device ID is a number that uniquely identifies a response device For hardware devices it may be printed on the tag on the back of the device Dongle A dongle is a piece of hardware that attaches to a port on your computer that confirms that the TurningPoint software is appropriately licensed Essay Slide A
288. s open and red when closed This area is not visible when the slide show starts This step may meet all your needs for viewing polling status You also have the option to use the Response Grid explained in step 2 especially if you use infrared keypads Note A Response Counter or Response Table are two other options for viewing polling status that can be added when you create the slides before you run the presentation The Response Counter shows how many participants have responded while the Response Table which can be fixed or rotating shows who has responded A fixed table displays all the participants ideal for groups with 40 or fewer participants The rotating table is best for very large groups and displays participants in sets of 40 Find information about inserting objects in slides in Add Objects on page 128 2 Optionally display a The Response Grid is a grid that is overlaid on a slide during the Response Grid during the presentation and indicates which individuals enter responses session From the Showbar Similarly the Non Response Grid indicates which participants select the Show Response have yet to respond Specifically helpful to participants using Grid button infrared devices these grids give the participants confirmation that their responses were received Radio frequency vPad and Web vPad devices display confirmation right on the device Response Grid 10 i 2 3 4 5 1 23
289. s the countdown timer counts down from 10 the point value decreases If the participant selects answer A with 5 seconds left they receive 5 points If the participant does not select answer before the timer hits zero they receive no points Example 2 Answer B is given a point value of 10 points When polling opens if the participant selects answer B immediately they will receive 10 points As the countdown timer counts down from 10 the point value decreases If the participant selects answer B with 5 seconds left they receive 5 points If the participant does not answer before the timer hits zero they receive no points Before You Begin To use speed scoring you should set points for one or more answers on the slide Find information on setting points in Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 103 You must use a Countdown indicator to use speed scoring Find more information in Add a Countdown Indicator on page 132 Step by Step Instructions 1 Open the Settings window from the TurningPoint toolbar by selecting Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses If it is not already selected select the slide on which you would like to enable speed scoring from the Settings Hierarchy To use speed scoring The Settings window opens TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Settings Window Response Dev
290. s will be displayed in the chart labels and legends The default is set to Aliases Determines whether TurningPoint displays the chart values a a whole number Number of people who answered a question or Percentage Percentage of people who answer each question The valid formats are 0 0 0 0 and 0 00 The default is set at 0 Determines whether to a chart showing how participants responded to a question is displayed during a presentation or only when a presenter reviews the presentation The default is set to False which displays charts during the presentation Enables you to view and change various uncategorized settings Setting Allow Duplicates Anonymous Correct Point Value Demographic Incorrect Point Value Multiple Response Divisor Question Alias Response Data Description Determines whether more than one response per response device is permitted The default is set to False which does not allow more than one response Designate slide as anonymous when polled The default is set to False which does not make the selected slide Anonymous Set the default Point value of a correct answer The acceptable range is from negative 10 000 to 10 000 The default is set to 100 Determines if the question on the selected slide is treated as demographic question The default is set to False which does not treat the question as demographic Set a default point value for incorrect answers
291. sc heading A drop down menu appears to the right select Zero Based Polling Settings Window Enable Zero Based Polling TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Response Device A Misc Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton Add In always loaded False Allow Duplicates False Allow User Feedback True Auto Update Aliases True Correct Point Value 150 Default Participant Setting Anonymous Default Save Location C Documents and Setting Include Presentation True Incorrect Point Value 50 4 Philadelphia Input Source Response Devices S4 Where is the capital of the Language English 1 Washington State Multiple Response Divisor begs Zero Based Polling Moment to Moment Settings False 2 Washington PA Responses 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 25 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque Polling Cycle 2 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos Presenter vPad Settings 4 Carlsbad x lt gt Default Port Number Restore default presentation settings Apply All Common Settings All Settings Zero Based Polling Enables answers to be numbered 1 10 or 0 3 Zero Based Polling will override current answer bullet format 4 Use the drop down menu to Your answers are now numbered 0 to 9 To enable Zero Based select True Polling for the entire presentation you will need to s
292. se the Heading 1 style The question is followed by several answers on separate lines using the Heading 2 style In addition to the question and answer text you can use optional TurningPoint tags to control other settings Each TurningPoint tag must use the Heading 3 style Tags occur at the start of the outline for tags that apply to the entire presentation or on the lines immediately following a question or answer for tags that apply only to a specific question or answer A tag is formatted in the following way lt tag gt value All tags are optional If omitted the slide will default to a standard question slide The tags are described in the following table Tag Location Description and Allowed Values lt c gt Start of The number of slides in the outline presentation lt d gt Start of Contains the Session ID if at the outline or start of the outline or topic ID if followinga following a question question lt a gt Follwinga Contains an alias for a question or question or answer an answer Tag lt t gt lt f gt lt n gt lt m gt lt p gt lt y gt Location Following a question Following a question or an answer Following a question Following a question Following a question Following an answer Description and Allowed Values Defines what type of slide to create using a single letter code The following types are accepted Q standard ques
293. senter interact with TurningPoint during a live session This chapter focuses on the various reports produced from a Slide Show presentation These reports allow you to get a better understanding of the audience and presentation results You can stop and save a session and pick up where you left off at a later time This chapter will teach you how to save resume and delete a session to give you flexibility during your presentation You may wish to export session data This chapter will teach you how to export data in various ways The appendices include a guide to Frequently Asked Questions Creating and Saving Slides In Chapter 2 Getting Started with TurningPoint you learned the basic steps for creating TurningPoint presentations This chapter and the remaining chapters of this user guide demonstrate the steps in greater detail allowing you to use all the powerful features TurningPoint offers Recall the five steps to presentation success Five Steps to Success Install TurningPoint ez Eo be Step Two Step Three Install Devices Create and Manage Participant List Settings gt Where is the capital of Ohio Woh 1 camna q Optionally Manage Tools Optionally Run Reports Optionally Export Data As the previous diagram depicts the first step is to create the presentation slides This chapter demonstrates how to use TurningPoint to create the slides you will use later in
294. ses The default is set to 1 Determines whether TurningPoint Enterprise Manager is used If set to True the Enterprise Manager Log in Dialog will appear when TurningPoint is launched The default is set to False Number answers from 1 10 or 0 9 When set to True answers will be number from 0 9 and will override the current answer bullet format The default is set to False Moment to Moment Settings Enables you to view and change settings for Moment to Moment slides Setting Description Polling Cycle Determines the polling interval in seconds on a moment to moment slide The default is set at two seconds Presenter vPad Settings Enables you to view and change the settings for the Presenter s vPad Setting Default Port Number Enable Presenter vPad Presenter vPad Password Require Password Description Set the local port number used by the Presenter vPad Some ports may not be usable due to system or network configurations The acceptable port number ranges from 1 65535 The default is set to 1001 Determines whether a Presenter vPad can be used to control a SlideShow The default is set to False which does not allow the Presenter vPad to control a slideshow Set a password for the Presenter vPad By default there is not password set Require that the vPad presenter uses a password The default is set to False which does not require a password Ranking Settings Enables you to view and change
295. sion you save the data in a TurningPoint session file extension tpz Find more information on how to save a session in Save Results from a Session on page 385 The session file contains all the information about your presentation including the questions and answers the response data and the Participant List This information is used to generate reports find more information in Reports on page 341 Session files and can be merged with other session files and Participant Lists with other Participants Lists to show aggregated results from your presentations TurningPoint also allows you to share and extract the information in your TurningPoint and TurningPoint Anywhere session files by exporting the data into several formats This section describes how to Export Session Data Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 6 0 or Vista 3 4 Export Results Data to a WebCT Server Campus Edition 4 1 Merge Participant List Merge Session Files Extract Participant List Extract PowerPoint Presentation Extract Session Data as XML Email Session Export Session Data You can export the data from a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file into a text file You can use the text file to import the data into a variety of other applications You can choose to export the data from the session file in one of two ways Export some or all of the session data to a text file where you determine the contents and format Ex
296. slides in PowerPoint with a title and a bulleted or numbered list When you convert the slide to a TurningPoint slide using the following instructions the title will become the question and the bulleted or numbered list will become the list of answers You can include up to ten answers Step by Step Instructions 1 Navigate to the PowerPoint slide in your presentation that you would like to convert to a TurningPoint slide Select Insert Object from the TurningPoint toolbar To convert a PowerPoint slide to an interactive slide The Insert Object menu opens Response Devices Tools Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator P Stats gt Text Message Insert Object Menu 3 Select Charts to display the A list of available charts is displayed Charts submenu Insert Object Chart Selection ili Vertical Answer Now gt Horizontal Countdown gt 3D Pie Response Counter gt ap Distributed Pie Response Table gt Offset Correct Answer Indicator gt Doughnut Stats d gt Text Message 4 Select a chart to add to the Find more information on chart types in Chart Slides on slide page 57 When you select the chart to be added TurningPoint converts the title of your slide to the question the bulleted or numbered list to the answers and adds the chart to the slide Note The bulleted or numbered ans
297. stall one receiver for every 80 participants Use more than one receiver during your presentation if your room size or participant size exceeds these maximum specifications Contact Turning Technologies for suggested receiver layout plans Next Steps Go to Response Device Management on page 171 to manage the settings for the response devices If an audience member s device is not being accepted check the device s ability to communicate Step by Step Instructions To Check Device Communication 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays the Settings window toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses 2 Select the Polling Test Tab 3 Select the Start Test button TurningPoint displays the Polling Test screen Use this screen to verify that TurningPoint can receive responses from the devices Settings Window Polling Test Settings Polling Test Device 1D Channel Magnify Values C Start Test TurningPoint is now ready to accept responses from the response devices You can magnify the responses by placing a check mark in the box next to Magnify Responses Polling Test Magnify Responses Device ID Channel Response A003BF 21 2 4 Press a key on each response device to be used 5 Select the End Test button 6 Select the Done button TurningPoint displays the Device ID Channel an entry for each response device in t
298. swer by holding the Control key on your keyboard and clicking on the picture d Repeat step c for each additional picture until you have selected one for each answer 5 Select the Convert to Picture Slide button from the TurningPoint toolbar Hint It s the one that looks like an artist s palette You can tell that the picture is selected when the resize handles are shown on its sides and corners Now both the first and second picture are selected Note You may include pictures on your slide that are not associated with one of the answers for decoration or illustration Do not select these pictures Convert Picture Slide Button ug Convert to Picture Slide When you select the Convert to Picture Slide button the answer region is hidden and the pictures are enumerated with a label according to the answers you assigned them Picture Slide Which one is the United States Flag 27 25 A Ti mS 01 M2 M3 94 After you convert the answers to pictures you can still resize and arrange the pictures if you need to adjust them Additionally you can identify a correct answer or set point values Find more information in Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window on page 89 or Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide on page 92and Set Point Values from the Settings Window on page 97 or Set Point Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 103 Change Chart C
299. t 41 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Session Management gt Extract Participant List KK Response Devices 2 Turning Reports jp Session Management hi a Export Session Data E Standards Participant Merge Excel gt Comparative Links fa Merge Session Files 54 Conditional Branching BA Extract Participant Lit A Import from TestingPoint E Extract PowerPoint Presentations i Parser 33 Extract Session XML File Update Parser Template b4 Send Session Ranking Wizard ff Edit Session WebCT Wizards gt M Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager t ASe Settings b a Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Session Management The Extract Participant List window opens to display the session gt Extract Participant List files in your Sessions folder Extract Participant List Window TurningPoint Extract Participant List Please select your session s My Session Files Ss i Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date pmi tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmi0 tpz 7412 2007 11 15 24 AM pmit tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM Pmi2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm2 tp2 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm3 tpz 7412 2007 11 15 24 AM pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms tpz 7412 2007 11 15 24 AM pme tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm7 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pms tpz 7 12 2007
300. t requested in the window WebCT Wizard including selecting the course containing the data you want 2 Please check the classes you would like to to import In Blackboard import from the list below select the name of the field you designated to hold the KeyPad ID WebCT Class Select f cence Back Finish_ Blackboard Wizard Class Select a Blackboard Wizard Blackboard Class Select Please enter the Course ID of the course you would like to import from TP101 x Please select the field that contains the Response Device ID Company ea ee Note n Blackboard a class list is limited to the existing columns When you set up a class list you cannot add a column for KeyPad ID numbers You must use a column that already exists but is unused such as Company or Work Fax Inform students of the name of the column you designate for KeyPad ID numbers so they enter their data correctly 7 Select the Finish button TurningPoint displays a window describing the location where the data will be imported to the computer and the file name you wish to import The default location is My Documents TurningPoint Participants TurningPoint adds the current date and time to the file name 8 Select the Save button TurningPoint displays a confirmation message that your file has been imported Optionally you may edit the location or file name and then select the Save button Note A Partici
301. t Answer indicator Select Insert Object from the TurningPoint toolbar To add a Correct Answer indicator The Insert Object menu opens t Tools Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt 5 Text Message Insert Object Menu 3 Select Correct Answer Correct Answer Submenu Indicator to display the submenu of Correct Answer Indicators Charts gt Answer Now b Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Rectangle Stats gt f Checkmark Text Message 2 Smiley Face W Star Arrow 2 Blinking Rectangle F Custom Indicator 4 Select the type of Correct When you select the Correct Answer indicator TurningPoint Answer indicator you would places it on your slide ike toappear om ihe slide You can delete the Correct Answer indicator if you no longer want it to appear on the slide To replace an existing Correct Answer indicator with a different type simply repeat these steps The current Correct Answer indicator will be replaced with the new one you select Add Text Messaging Text Messaging which allows you to send messages to vPad users to reinforce the content and their participation A Text Message appears as a small object on your slide but when it is shown it automatically sends a message that can be viewed on vPad You can add more th
302. t you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open Cancel This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options c Select Rename Participant Information Field Group Entry Field Group Participant Information Please enter the name of the Field Group Team 1 This displays a text entry window 230 Turning Technologies d Enter the new name of the field group e Select Ok 14 Optionally Remove a Field Group a Select the Field Group that you want to remove b Select Edit from the menu bar c Select Remove Field Group Create Participant Lists The Field Group has been renamed Participant Information Edit Menu Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl DER Number of Participants 4 Ctri x Ctrl C Paste Ctrl Select All Ctri A Clear Del Q Add Participant Remove Participant s Remove Field Group Add Group Rename Field Group Freeze Column s Check to rearrange column order editing Functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open This displays a menu listing the editing options available Tip Alternately you can right click to display a contextual menu listing the same editing options The
303. tal possible score a participant could achieve for this particular activity or test or simply the maximum number of characters accepted TurningPoint displays a confirmation message and then closes the WebCT Wizard window The results data should now appear in the column you designated in the file on the WebCT server Merge Participant List Participant Merge allows you to combine multiple participant lists with multiple sessions of TurningPoint presentations to generate a report based on a common field Student ID Device ID etc The report shows the the total scores of the sessions in an Excel file Step by Step Instructions To merge Participant List 41 Select Tools in the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select Session Management gt Participant Merge AN Response Devices X Py 4 D Pj Participants Selecta Help a Participant List E Turning Reports L Session Management hi C Export Session Data E Standards l ici 2 Comparative Links fq Merge Session Files 54 Conditional Branching jg Extract Participant List A Import from TestingPoint Extract PowerPoint Presentations Parser LA Extract Session XML File Update Parser Template 4 send Session Ranking Wizard ff Edit Session WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Ea Enterprise Manager d Settings a Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver 2 Select Session Management This displays the Parti
304. ter provides an overview of the product and its capabilities and includes the system requirements the steps for installing TurningPoint on your computer and some resources available to you for customer support Product Introduction TurningPoint smoothly integrates with PowerPoint to create a more interactive and memorable presentation TurningPoint was designed to run on Office 2003 and Office 2007 with Microsoft XP support Find additional information in System Requirements on page 3 All TurningPoint options are accessed through the TurningPoint toolbar The TurningPoint toolbar can be found in PowerPoint beneath the standard PowerPoint toolbar after TurningPoint is installed This toolbar offers you all the options you need to create interactive slides set up and run a presentation and generate reports Easy to use features such as the Participant List Wizard help you quickly get started Other TurningPoint features include participant monitoring and reporting tools TurningPoint also provides the ability to connect to an educational institution s WebCT or Blackboard server or to use Turning Technologies Enterprise Manager and TestingPoint to streamline the creating of Participant Lists and reporting of classroom results and grades Additionally TurningPoint is now available in a range of non English languages Customers may choose a language when they install TurningPoint System Requirements TurningPoint is designed for use on
305. the correct answer in green This report also shows whether responses are correct The Answer Detail Report includes a complete list of answers or incorrect by marking them with a c or an i George Washington Responses 1 Where is the capital of Ohio 3i 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 2c 4 Philadelphia 3 Where is the capital of the United States 3c 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico 4i 5 Where is the capital of the United States 3c 6 Where is the capital of Virginia 4c 7 Where is the capital of Virginia 3i 8 What is the capital of Tennessee 2i 9 Which one is the United States Flag 4 10 What is the capital of Michigan 4i 4 East Lansing 11 What is the capital of Delaware 2i 4 Georgetown Benjanmin Franklin Responses Answers 1 Where isthe capital of Ohio te 1 C 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania 2c 2 4 Philadelphia 3 Where is the capital of the United States E 1 Washington State 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico 2c 1 Albuquerque 2 5 Where isthe capital of the United States 2i 1 Washington State 6 Where is the capital of Virginia ac 1 Alexandria 2 Lynchburg 7 Where isthe capital of Virginia 1i 1 Alexandria 2 Lynchburg 8 What is the capital of Tennessee 2i 2 Memphis 9 Which one is the United States Flag 1 10 What isthe capital of Michigan 2c 3 Grand Rapids 4 East Lansing 11 What is the capital of Delawa
306. the ratio or correct to incorrect answers for each question Graded Part Turning Graded Participant Results Session Name ReportsDemog2 tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 41 PM 1 Whereisthe 2 Whereis the 3 Whereis the Device ID last Name First Name Student ID Team 1 Team 2 capital of Ohio Pital of capital ofthe Total Pennsvivania United States 6SEE3BFEBEB640BC Washington George 1776 True 4i 3i 3c 2 8 A0038F Franklin Benjanmin 1752 True 3i 1i 2i 0 8 30 Hamilton Alexander 1801 True 1c 1i 3c 2 8 43 Adams John Q 7679 True 3i 2c 3c 5 8 9 Lincoln Abraham 1865 True 4i 1i 4i 0 8 23 Ford Gerald 7878 True 4i 1i 2i 0 8 Pagel of 1 Results by Participant Reports The Results by Participant Report shows a summary of responses for each question for each individual participant This report creates an Excel file When generating these reports you have the option of creating page breaks between each participant s section Results by Participant Report The report includes the following information for each participant for each question the question the numerical value of the participant s response an indication of whether the response is correct or incorrect the correct answer Results by Participant Report Turning Results by Participant Session Name Reports tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 43PM George Washington Responses 1 Whereisthecapitalof Ohio 3i Columbus 2 Whereis the capital of Pennsylvania 2
307. the text qualifier if you are exporting a fixed width file or using spaces as delimiters in a delimited file Without quotes the field boundaries in the exported file will be impossible to interpret correctly The Export Data window displays the data in the format to be exported Export Session Data Verification TurningPoint Export Session Data Final verification of export Where is the capital of the United States We Where is the capital of Virginia Al Where is the capital of Virginia What is the capital of Tennessee Which one is the United States Flag What is the capital of Michigan 4nn 4rbor Lansing Grand Rapids East Lansing What is the capital of Delaware Dover Wilmington Rehoboth Beach Georgetown lt Cancel 20 To save your export data select the Save button shaped like a document with a disk 21 Specify a name and location for the exported file 22 Select the Save button 23 Select the Finish button to exit the Export Data window Below the data are two buttons The first shaped like a document and a disk saves the export file The second shaped like a disk saves the format as an export scheme you can reuse for other session files A dialog opens for you to specify a location and filename for the exported file The file is saved and the dialog closes Optionally you can also select the Save Export Scheme button shaped lik
308. ther the Response Non Response Grid will automatically resize to fit the screen The default is set to True which automatically resizes the Response Non Response Grid Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid s cell 1st background color To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Setting Custom Cell Background Color 2 Custom Cell Background Color 3 Custom Cell Background Color 4 Custom Cell Foreground Color Custom Grid Background Color Display Device IDs Display Device Numbers Description Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid s cell 2nd background color To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid s cell 3rd background color To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid s cell 4th background color To change the color 1 Select the current color to display the Color Select window 2 Select the new color 3 Select OK Determines the color that will be used for the Response Non Response Grid s cell foreground color To c
309. ting is My Documents To change the location 1 Double click the current setting to open a dialog box 2 Manually enter the location or navigate to one by selecting the ellipses 3 This activates an explorer window 4 Choose your location 5 Select OK 6 Select Apply to set the location To restore to the default location double click the current setting and select Restore to default path Determines whether to include the PowerPoint presentation with your saved session The default is set to True which includes the PowerPoint presentation Set a default point value for incorrect answers The acceptable range is negative 10 000 to 10 000 The default is set to zero Set the default input source that TurningPoint uses when running a presentation The choices are Keyboard Keys Simulated Data and Response Devices The default is set to Response Devices Change the language format The default is set to the language you chose when installing TurningPoint 2008 Determines whether the divisor used to calculate the percentages on multiple a response question will be the total number of responses received or the total number of devices that participated The default is set to Devices Setting Responses Use Enterprise Manager Zero Based Polling Description Determines the number of responses accepted from a response device without overwriting the previous response The acceptable range is 1 10 respon
310. tion slide P picture slide D demographic slide S speed scoring slide F fill in the blank slide vPad and Web vPad only E essay slide vPad and Web vPad only M moment to moment slide The filename of a picture file If the tag follows a question the picture will be added next to the question text on the slide If the slide type is P and the tag follows an answer the picture will replace the answer text on the slide Contains the question picture position The following are acceptable values L Left R Right F Full Contains the number of responses allowed per keypad for the slide Accepted values are 1 10 Contains the question topic Contains a value for the answer Valid answer values are Correct Incorrect or a point value negative 10 000 10 000 Import Slides TurningPoint can automatically create TurningPoint slides from Microsoft Word files XML files or TestingPoint Using this feature of TurningPoint provides a quick way to create a number of slides and it is also beneficial if you already have question and answer data in another form that you would like to transform into TurningPoint slides A simple slide presentation can be created by importing a an XML document or Microsoft Word document using the TurningPoint Parser Alternatively you can import question and answer data from TestingPoint This section describes how to Import Slides with the TurningPoint P
311. tions in the charts vary between Office 2003 and Office 2007 It is likely that Microsoft Office has been upgraded since TurningPoint was installed Uninstall TurningPoint and then reinstall it How do clear data from a session or a slide From the TurningPoint toolbar select the Reset menu and then select Session or Current Slide from menu Find information about working with sessions in Chapter 9 Sessions How do save a session From the TurningPoint toolbar select the Save Session button which looks like a disk A window opens allowing you to select a file name and location Save the file in the Sessions folder located at My Documents gt TurningPoint gt Sessions Find information about saving a session in Chapter 9 Sessions How do make a report with the data from my session TurningPoint enables you to create several types of reports Find information about your options and instructions for creating reports in Chapter 8 Reports 3D Pie Charts 6020 02 see 59 Slide 59 Add Objects 128 All Settings 191 Analogy Slide 68 69 Angel gradebook application po dh tea Aged dd bbs dann 400 anonymous responses 318 Answer Now indicator 129 Qef onone neaei 441 backup sessions345 386 389 A AA 399 Blackboard 236 adding data 253 setting Up 237 Wizard Manager 236 Chart Slides 3D Pie Slide 59 Dist
312. to 4 Where is the capital of the United States Example 3 2 TurningPoint Conditional Branching K Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to United States ico AND Condition OR Condition Add Delete Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Percentage of Responses then go to 5 Where is the capital of New Mexico 298 Turning Technologies Example 3 3 TurningPoint Conditional Branching Conditional Branching Rules Select a Slide 2 Where is the capital of Ohio Conditional Branching Rules Rule Name Ohio to United States Ohio to New Mexico AND Condition OR Condition l Add Delete Al Rename Conditional Branching Rule Description If Majority Rules then go to 6 Where is the capital of Virginia During the presentation if all participants answer correctly the presentation continues with slide 5 Alternatively if the majority of participants select Cleveland the presentation continues with slide 6 Alternatively if one participant selects Cincinnati AND if one participant selects Cleveland AND if less than half select Youngstown then the presentation continues with slide 4 Next Steps When you run your presentation session the slides set up for conditional branching advance to the slid
313. to the next slide 8 Click at the end of the slides to exit from the Slide Show Next Steps Your presentation may have additional features such as animation that cause it to behave differently at runtime from the default behavior Find more information in Chapter 7 Run Presentations Step Five Save Session Results TurningPoint stores the results from your session These results can be reviewed at a later date and used with TurningPoint s reporting feature in a variety of ways When you save a session a default TurningPoint setting automatically includes the PowerPoint presentation with your TurningPoint file You have the option to exclude the PowerPoint presentation from the TurningPoint session file This function allows you to save only the TurningPoint results data without the presentation slides If you do NOT wish to include the PowerPoint presentation in your TurningPoint session file navigate to the Settings menu and under the Misc heading change Include Presentation from True to False Find more information in Settings on page 189 The session results are stored temporarily during a session You can save the session results to a file to access them later This section provides instructions to do just that Step by Step Instructions To save the session results 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint opens the Save Session dialog box toolbar select the Save Session button Hint it looks Save Sessions like a
314. to a TurningPoint slide by inserting a TurningPoint chart using the Insert Object menu in the TurningPoint toolbar Find instructions for converting a PowerPoint slide in Make a PowerPoint Slide Interactive by Inserting a Chart on page 123 Once you create the slides you can modify them in a number of ways You can add pictures change colors change the chart mark correct answers and perform other operations specific to TurningPoint Find more information in Modify Slides on page 85 Additionally TurningPoint allows you to add a number of TurningPoint objects to your slides These include response indicators countdowns and even statistics like the average and variance of the responses Find information on adding objects in Add Objects on page 128 Your TurningPoint slides are saved as part of your PowerPoint presentation in your ppt file Find information on saving your presentation in Save the Presentation Slides on page 54 Creating Slides TurningPoint allows you to create and save an interactive presentation This section describes how to Insert a Slide Save the Presentation Slides Insert a Slide You can insert a TurningPoint slide using the Insert Slide menu Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides Step by Step Instructions To insert a slide into a presentation 1 In TurningPoint open a presentation or create a new presentation 2 Select Insert Slide from the The Insert Slide menu opens TurningPoint toolbar
315. ton The next page allows you to select a language Language Selection ie TurningPoint 2008 InstallShield Wizard Language Selection Please select your language English O Japanese O Czech O Korean O Dutch O Portuguese O French Spanish Select a language to install You may choose English Czech Dutch French Japanese Korean Portuguese or Spanish Select the Next button The next page confirms that the computer is ready to install TurningPoint Install the Program ie TurningPoint 2008 InstallShield Wizard Ready to Install the Program The wizard is ready to begin installation Click Install to begin the installation IF you want to review or change any of your installation settings click Back Click Cancel to exit the wizard lt Back Install Cancel 10 Select the Install button The computer installs TurningPoint to the location you specified and displays the Finish button on the page when it completes the process Installation Wizard Completed ie TurningPoint 2008 InstallShield Wizard InstallShield Wizard Completed The InstallShield Wizard has successfully installed TurningPoint 2008 Click Finish to exit the wizard Turning oi nt C Launch TurningPoint 2008 Informative On line Learning Community Weekly Instructor Led On Line If Prerequisites have been installed it is Training Sessions recommended that you restart your computer Customer Based Case Studies Proven
316. ton 0 o Philadelphia Os o Totals 10056 2 3 Where is the capital of the United States Responses percent court Washington State OF ol Washington PA o ol Washington D C 100 1 Washington NC Os ol Totals 10056 1 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico Responses percent _ count Albuquerque Os o Santa Fe 50 1 LosAlamos Os o Carlsbad 50 1 Totals 100 2 5 Where is the capital of the United States Responses percent count Washington State OF o Washington PA 50 1 Washington D C 50 1 Washington NC OF ol Totals 100 2 Page1of3 Graphical Results by This report includes the following information for each Question Report question the answers an indication of the correct answer s the number of responses for each answer the percentage of responses for each answer Pie chart with a percentage of the responses per answer Graphical Results by Question Report Sjo ta8ed a38Es iv 309399 le 9 Erag le sias lz ee EES IE atari 2 a Is ajsa ue a Ea 3 z 3 F Z Se Hy e 88 ie pg oF Ey g se poj z i z H 5 3 4 8 Q A s g g gt gt noono nonon ff a Fd i R p n 8 FEFEFE FEEFEE g 5 2 amp Q R a F BunqsweHm ysungsuid a umo3sBuno 2 8 a s 2 Z a 2 3 z G PURINA m Demographic Reports The Demographic Comparison and Graphical Comparison Reports show a summary of responses for each quest
317. top computer or Smart Device Web vPad A Web vPad is an internet version of a response device that is set up for use in Settings WebCT WebCT is a software product that is popularly used by educational institutions to facilitate e systems WebCT Wizard The WebCT Wizard is a tool that guides you through the process of connecting to an institution s WebCT server XML XML is a markup language for text files similar to HTML that is used by TurningPoint for storing session data and as an import format for the TurningPoint parser Chapter Glossary 448 Turning Technologies Frequently Asked Questions This appendix offers you a quick reference to common questions that customers have about using the TurningPoint software If you do not find an answer to your question here visit the Turning Technologies Web site at http www turningtechnologies com or call a Turning Representative toll free at 1 866 746 3015 Why can t install TurningPoint You must be the local administrator to install TurningPoint for the first time Login to the computer with the administrative username and password If you have a dongle it should not be plugged in during installation or activation Remove it while installing and activating TurningPoint Find information about installing TurningPoint in Chapter 1 About TurningPoint Where is my product serial number activation code The product serial number also called the activation code i
318. u can change the text Answer Now by selecting the text to edit it Step by Step Instructions To add an Answer Now indicator 1 Navigate to the TurningPoint slide in your presentation to which you would like to add an Answer Now indicator 2 Select Insert Object from the The Insert Object menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Insert Object Menu ot sx Response Devices ae Lis Charts gt Answer Now gt Countdown gt Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats gt Text Message 3 Select Answer Now to display the submenu of Answer Now indicators 4 Select the type of Answer Now indicator you would like to appear on the slide Countdown b Response Counter gt Response Table gt Correct Answer Indicator gt Stats b S Text Message Answer Now Submenu Bevel Left Explosion Right Explosion Scroll Bolt Prompt Moon Sun Banner Marquis Smiley Twilight When you select the Answer Now indicator TurningPoint places it on your slide Note You can change the default text of Answer Now indicators when they are added to a page from Answer Now to any text of your choosing using the Answer Now Text setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You can move resize or change the text of the Answer Now indicator t
319. u can change the point value you set by repeating these steps on the same answer and entering the new point value instead You can award points for answers proportionally to how quickly participants respond using speed scoring Find more information in Use Speed Scoring on page 113 You can use speed scoring in competitions to award more points to faster responders Find more information in Use Speed Scoring on page 113 You can clear the point value for all answers in a presentation by following the instructsions in Clear Answer Values from the Settings Window on page 108 You can clear the point value for a particular answer or for all answers on the slide by following the instructions in Clear Answer Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 111 Clear Answer Values from the Settings Window If you wish to reset answer values from the Settings Window you will reset all presentation settings to the default settings Find more information on resetting individual answers in Clear Answer Values on a TurningPoint Slide on page 111 Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings 2 Select Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy To clear the values for a presentation This displays the Settings Window TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test Modify Slides Settings Window Device Answer Settings a 21 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Bullet Format Decimal Peri
320. u will need to change the number of expected devices The Response Table will only display the number of participants equal to the number expected devices Find more information on expected device range in Response Device Settings on page 192 and on Response Tables in Add a Response Table on page 141 Chapter 5 Track Participants and Teams Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint toolbar select Participants gt Edit a Participant List 2 Select the desired Participant List and then select the Open button 244 To modify a Participant List W Selecta Help Participant List fe Display Participant Monitor Ed Participant List Wizard ta Import a Participant List Delete a Participant List Participants Menu TurningPoint displays a window of Participant Lists saved in My Documents gt TurningPoint gt Participants TurningPoint displays the Participant List data in the Participant Information window The grey fields represent data that cannot be edited such as the column titles and row numbers Participant Information window Participant Information New List 7 6 2007 4 09 29 PM tpl i File Edt Import Number of Participants 1 Device ID Last Name First Name Student ID Team1 Team2 Check to rearrange column order editing functionality will be limited Please select a Participant List you would like to edit by clicking the File menu and click Open
321. udes the presentation right click the screen Select End Show Save Session a a Save Session 2 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays the Save Session window that shows toolbar select the Save the file name file type and where the file will be saved The Session button Hint the default location is My Documents gt TurningPoint gt Sessions icon is a disk TurningPoint adds the date and time to the file name Customize the Save in and the File Name fields to edit the location and file name if you wish to change the default settings To permanently change the default location go to Changing Default Location on page 260 3 Select the Save button TurningPoint saves the file in the designated location Note TurningPoint can save an automatic backup file of your session To enable Real time Backup navigate to the Settings menu select the Settings tab select Presentation from the Settings Hierarchy and select all settings Then under Backup Settings select Real time Backup Path and designate a location where the backup file should be stored After you designate the location it will be listed in the Settings menu beside Real time Backup Path Find more about change the default Real time Backup Path go to Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Changing the Default Save Location Change the default save location for your TurningPoint folder This includes your session files participant
322. udience choose TurningPoint User Guide 115 Step by Step Instructions To create a picture slide 1 Create a TurningPoint slide It is recommended that you use descriptive words or phrases for the answer text in the answer region because this text will still be used for the chart labels even though the text in the answer region will be replaced by pictures Find more information on creating a slide in Insert a Slide on page 51 Note Since you ll be using pictures as answers the horizontal and offset charts will not align correctly with the answers Use a vertical 3D pie distributed pie or doughnut chart Find more information in Types of Slides on page 56 2 Insert pictures to use as Insert one picture for each answer answers using the options in ae Find more information on inserting pictures in PowerPoint s PowerPoint s Insert gt Picture online help menu 3 Resize and arrange the Select and drag the picture to reposition it Select one of the pictures the way you want side or corner handles and drag to resize the picture Find them to appear on the slide more information in PowerPoint s online help 4 To order the pictures correctly with the answers follow these steps a First ensure that no objects on the slide are selected by clicking outside the slide b Select the picture that corresponds to the first answer by clicking on it c Select the picture that corresponds to the second an
323. uerque Countdown None 2 Santa Fe Countdown Seconds 10 3 Los Alamos Response Counter None AAEREN y Response Counter Format Count it Restore default presentation settings Common Settings O Al Settings Add In always loaded Determines if TurningPoint is always loaded when PowerPoint is executed Competition Settings Response Reminders Settings 6 Choose either True or False Choosing True means that TurningPoint automatically loads when PowerPoint is opened Choosing False means that TurningPoint does NOT automatically load when PowerPoint is opened you have to open TurningPoint manually 7 Select the Done button The Settings window disappears and depending on your selection TurningPoint either does or does not load the next time you open PowerPoint Tour of the TurningPoint Toolbar When you launch TurningPoint PowerPoint opens and the TurningPoint toolbar is displayed beneath the PowerPoint standard and formatting toolbars in the upper region of the window as the following image depicts Ca lt a Home Insert Design Animations Slide Show Review View Add Ins TurningPoint 2008 A O Participants Selecta Help Bask amp xe Information Reset Continue Save Insert Convertto Insert Tools Prior Session Session Slide Picture Slide Object TurningPoint 2008 TurningPoint Toolbar Microsoft PowerPoint Participant List The following descriptions define the buttons
324. unication by selecting TurningPoint and the response devices Find more information the Polling Test tab from the in Check Device Communication on page 185 Settings window Note TurningPoint does not require a polling test be performed when changing the device ranges Find polling instructions in the Check Device Communication section 5 Select the Done button The response device setup is now complete Add New Device Types Access the Response Device settings whenever you need to change the number of devices being used Plug the additional device into the computer Before You Begin Ensure the device receiver is properly connected Step by Step Instructions 1 From the TurningPoint TurningPoint displays the Settings window toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it s the one Settings Window that looks like a pair of TurningPoint Settings eyeglasses Zaisnas potra Test Response Device ResponseCard Channels Presentation 2 Where is the capital of Ohic Empty 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 3 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg vPad 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Enable vPad vLinks 4 Where is the capital of the Port Number 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA Web vPad 3 washington D C 4 Washington NC 6 5 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad ResponseCard Misc Expected Devices Enforce Participant List Ov
325. untdown indicator if you no longer want it to appear on the slide To replace an existing Countdown indicator with a different type simply repeat these steps The current Countdown indicator will be replaced with the new one you select You can also use Countdown indicators in competition to award points based on how quickly a participant responds Find more information in Add a Countdown Indicator on page 132 Add Countdown Sound to a Countdown Indicator A Countdown Sound is a TurningPoint setting that allows you to add sound file to your slide The acceptable file extensions include aiff au mid midi mp3 wav and wma A Countdown Sound gives the audience an audible cue that polling for a question is about to close The sound begins to play when you activate the Countdown Indicator Your slide must have a Countdown Indicator to use a Countdown Sound To add a Countdown Indicator see to Add a Countdown Indicator on page 132 Step by Step Instructions To add a Countdown Sound 1 From the TurningPoint TuringPoint displays the Settings window Toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides 2 Select the Settings Tab 3 From the Settings Hierarchy Settings Window select the slide you want to i Paine add a Countdown Sound to al _ oe S 1 Where is the capital of Ohic Answer Bullet Format Dacial parng 1 Columbus 2 Cincin
326. up format that you can use to exchange and manipulate the data Step by Step Instructions 41 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar Bees th w BOP G w g To extract the session data XML file The Tools menu opens Select Session Management gt Extract Session XML File AK Response Devices 2 Turning Reports Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver ie Beeb amp amp be lk Export Session Data Participant Merge Excel Merge Session Files Extract Participant List Extract PowerPoint Presentations Send Session Edit Session 2 Select Session Management The Extract Session XML File window opens displaying a list of gt Extract Session XML File session files in your Sessions folder Extract Session XML File Window TurningPoint Extract Session XML File Please select your session s My Session Files oS S amp F Press F5 to refresh the sessions list O My Backup Session Files Name Date PM1 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PM10 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmit tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pmiz tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm2 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm3 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm4 tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM PMS tpz 7 12 2007 11 15 24 AM pm tpz 7 12 200
327. urningPoint Anywhere session files together to create a single session file from which you can generate reports and extract data This is especially useful if you have session files from multiple presentations given to the same participants You can aggregate the data from all the presentations into a single file with all the responses from each participant Conversely if you gave the same presentation to several groups of participants you could aggregate the responses from all participants into a single session file Before You Begin All the session files you wish to merge must be in a single location usually your Sessions folder If the session files are in different locations move them all to your Sessions folder before you begin Step by Step Instructions 1 Select Tools in the TurningPoint toolbar eA Session Management gt Standards Bees bt g c Aore w a To merge session files The Tools menu opens Select Session Management gt Merge Session Files KS Response Devices Turning Reports Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard WebCT Wizards Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint Enterprise Manager Settings Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver a Export Session Data Participant Merge Excel Eh Merge Session Files jg Extract Participant List aa Extract PowerPoint Presentations G Extract S
328. urningPoint Receiver E ROPE TurningPoint User Guide 309 4 Select TurningPoint Parser 5 Navigate to the file you would like to import doc or xml and select it 6 Select the Open button to continue 7 Select the Yes button to add the slides to the current presentation or select the No button to create a new presentation Next Steps An open file window appears asking you to select the file to import Open File Window Open a TurningPoint Import Document Look in Sessions a Backup 4 Real Time My Recent Documents Desktop My Documents 43 My Computer File name My Network Files of type xml doc docx xls A dialog appears asking whether you would like to add the slides to the end of the current presentation or create a new presentation TurningPoint builds the slides from the file If there are many slides this may take some time The slides imported by the TurningPoint Parser are normal TurningPoint slides so you can take advantage of any the TurningPoint customizations you would like to make on them Import Slides from TestingPoint TurningPoint can insert files from TestingPoint and create slides based on them TurningPoint retains the features used in the TestingPoint files Step by Step Instructions To import slides from TestingPoint 41 Select Tools from the The Tools menu opens TurningPoint toolbar Select TestingPoint AS Res
329. urningPoint and the response devices using the Polling Test found in settings This section describes how to Manage Response Device Settings Update the Number of Devices Used Add New Device Types Check Device Communication Manage Response Device Settings Use the Response Device settings to confirm TurningPoint is configured according to your needs Before You Begin You must have TurningPoint installed on the computer to be used for the presentations the device receivers connected vPad installed if using the virtual response device software Web vPad settings and the response devices available for testing Step by Step Instructions To manage the response devices 1 Access the settings window This displays the Settings window from the TurningPoint Toolbar select Tools gt Settings Window Settings Hint it s the one TurningPoint Settings that looks like a pair of pa eyeglasses 1 Whereis the capital of Ohic_ Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Yangon Auto Scale Charts True 4 ere Chart Colors Color Scheme 2 Where is the capital of Penr Ghart Labels Alass 1 Pittsburgh Chart Value Format 0 2 Harrisburg Standard Chart Type Vertical 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings 3 Where is the capital of thet 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams Chart Settings 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washingto
330. us Cincinnati Youngstowm Geveland Total Team 1 7 7 ol 0 Team2 1 1 3 20 2 Where is the capital of Pennsylvania Harrisburg Scranton Philadelphia Total Team 1 100 Team 2 4 3 oj 3 Where is the capital of the United States Washington State _ Washington PA__Washington D C Washington NC Total Team 1 oj o 100 Team2 o 3 1 2056 4 Where is the capital of New Mexico Al we Santa Fe Los Alamos Carlsbad Total Team 1 o J o 100 Team2 1 oj 3 205 5 Where is the capital of Virginia Alevandria Lynchburg Martinsville Richmond Total Team 1 o OF Team 2 1 1 6 What is the capital of Tennessee Gatlinburg Memphis Nashville Knoxville Total Team 1 oj o 1004 Team2 2 3 2 7 Which one is the United States Flag 1 2 3 4 Total Team 1 oj 3 o o 0 Team2 oj 3 1 2 j 8 Whatis the capital of Michigan Ann Arbor lansis Grand Rapids East Lansing Total Team1 o o ol 10054 Team 2 o 1 4 Ox Team Scoring Percentage Report The Team Scoring Percentage Report includes the following additional information Page 1 of 4 Chapter 8 Reports Team Scoring Points Report The Team Scoring Points Report includes the following additional information e the answers the total points accumulated by each team the points each team received for every question Team Scoring Points Report Turning Team Scoring Report Session Name ReportsDe
331. ustom Templates region when the Custom Template button is selected 2 Selecta template for the new Participant List Wizard Participant List oe 4 a W 4 aA fa p Select a Help v Participant List geal Display Participant Monitor tu Import a Participant List if Edit a Participant List amp Delete a Participant List Participant List template choices include Education contains standard student information used for K 12 and higher education presentations such as name and student ID Corporate contains entries for the information most often used in corporate feedback meetings including name company name telephone numbers etc Available Fields contains all information entries defined for use with TurningPoint Custom allows you to create a personalized Participant List and to name the template or it allows you to select a previously created template from the list 3 Select the Next button to If you opted to create a new template TurningPoint asks you to continue name the template Enter a name and select the OK button Custom Template Name TurningPoint Please enter a name for your custom template Cancel New T em plate 73 2007 2 34 PM TurningPoint displays the Participant List information entries called fields All entries that make up the template appear in the Selected Fields region on the right Use this page to add delete or reorder the entries that
332. ve presentation or Add New Device Types on page 183 if a new response device is being used Settings TurningPoint Allows you to view and modify various settings from the Settings window To access the Settings window select Tools from the TurningPoint toolbar and settings Hint It s the one that looks like a pair of eyeglasses Tools gt Settings Response Devices Ea we Turning Reports Session Management gt Standards Comparative Links Conditional Branching Import from TestingPoint Parser Update Parser Template Ranking Wizard Beas ek amp WebCT Wizards gt Blackboard Wizard VantagePoint QuestionPoint ca Enterprise Manager 4 Upgrade TurningPoint Receiver You can adjust the settings in the Settings window Settings Window TurningPoint Settings DR Settings Poling Test Response Device Answer Settings S1 Where is the capital of Ohi Answer Bullet Format Decimal Period 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts True Chart Colors Color Scheme Chart Labels Aliases Chart Value Format 0 Standard Chart Type Vertical 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia Competition Settings S3 Where is the capital of thet 1 Washington State Default Number of Teams 2 Washington PA Include Non Responders 3 Washington D C Maximum Responders 4 Washington NC Partic
333. w asking you to select the institution you belong to 6 Select your institution WebCT Wizard Select Institution TurningPoint WebCT Wizard WebCT Institution Selection Please select the institution you belong to Turning Institution 410 Turning Technologies m 7 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays a window asking you to select the course to export data to 8 Select the course you wish to WebCT Wizard Select Course export data to TurningPoint WebCT Wizard WebCT Course Selection Please select the course you wish to export to SDK Section 9 Select the Next button TurningPoint displays a window asking you to select the session you wish to upload 10 Select the Session you wish You can also import a session using the Import Session button to upload shaped like a folder above the list of files This allows you to use a TurningPoint or TurningPoint Anywhere session file you have copied from elsewhere WebCT Wizard Select Session TurningPoint WebCT Wizard WebCT Session Selection ao amp My Session Files My Backup Session Files Current Session 2target_102_first tpz 10 15 2005 5 21 20 PM Attendance 092205 tp2 10 15 2005 5 21 20 PM Autodesk_Thursday tpz 12 9 2005 2 56 14 PM Autodesk_Wednesday tpz 11 30 2005 7 29 25 PM CIE Tuesday results tpz 10 15 2005 5 21 23 PM Copy of Copy of food New Session 8 25 2005 8 48 AM tpz 10 15 2005 5 21 25 PM Copy of Copy of New Session
334. wer list is re numbered according to your TurningPoint settings You can modify the numbering scheme for answers in the Answer Bullet Type setting a presentation level setting Find more information about modifying settings in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 You now have a functioning TurningPoint slide Disable Auto Scale in Charts When you insert a slide in TurningPoint vertical charts are set to auto scale according to their percentages You can make vertical charts appear more realistic by disabling the Auto Scale Charts setting Step by Step Instructions 1 Inthe TurningPoint toolbar select Tools gt Settings Hint it looks like a pair of eyeglasses TurningPoint Settings Settings Polling Test To disable Auto Scaling Settings Window Response Device 1 Where is the capital of Ohic 1 Columbus 2 Cincinnati 3 Youngstown 4 Cleveland 2 Where is the capital of Penr 1 Pittsburgh 2 Harrisburg 3 Scranton 4 Philadelphia 3 Where is the capital of the L 1 Washington State 2 Washington PA 3 Washington D C 4 Washington NC 4 Where is the capital of New 1 Albuquerque 2 Santa Fe 3 Los Alamos 4 Carlsbad lt B a Answer Settings Answer Bullet Format Chart Settings Auto Scale Charts Chart Colors Chart Labels Chart Value Format Standard Chart Type Competition Settings Default Number of Teams Include Non Respanders Maximum Responders Part
335. wers an indication of the correct answer s the percentage of responses for each answer from each group avertical bar chart of the responses for each answer from each group When generating the Graphical Comparison Report you have the option of creating page breaks between each question Graphical Comparison Chart Tuming Graphical Comparison Session Name ReportsDemo Only tpz Created 7 23 2007 2 40 PM 1 Whatis your age group Pageld1 TurningPoint User Guide 353 Participant Results Reports The Participant Results Graded Participant Results correct incorrect Graded Participant Results point values Graded Participant Results ratio Reports show a summary of responses for each question When generating the you have the option of displaying the entire question or excluding the question text Each of these reports creates an Excel file Participant Results Report The report includes the following information for each participant device number fields defined in the participant list the numerical value of the participant s response to each question Participant Results Report 8 88 eT erena 3 Ts 3 H 33 3 a i BR OR 3 SS a8 E E He palewine gee Ris Graded Participant Results The report includes the following information for each correct incorrect Report participant Graded Participant Results
336. where you specified the information Change the information to be correct and then continue with the remaining steps Alternatively use the Back button to go back to the incorrectly set option 18 Select Finish to create the TurningPoint inserts the ranking questions and the ranking ranking slides chart in your presentation This may take some time if you have a large number of items Next Steps When you run the presentation containing the ranking slides the results will be compiled to generate the ranking chart which is displayed in a slide following the ranking questions Because the Ranking Wizard uses the results from the created slides to construct the final chart you should not alter the slides created by the Ranking Wizard Standards TurningPoint s standards tools allow you to use built in standards per state subject and grade level or create your own lists of standards on which participants can be evaluated For training teaching or testing standards help you organize the material in your presentation into subject areas competencies or other standards which the participants should meet You can then view participants results by standards using TurningPoint reports Find more information in Reports on page 341 Before you can assign standards to slides in a presentation you need to select from the Built in Standards or create a list of the standards you will be using This section describes how to Create a
337. window opens displaying the file you have selected TurningPoint connects to the server and displays the available files TurningPoint connects to the server and displays the available files TurningPoint imports the new data from the file on the server into the Participant List TurningPoint saves edits to the Participant List Set Up Team Competitions TurningPoint can enhance group interaction to create a more memorable and educational presentation Team competitions are a fun way to incite this interaction Set up team competitions through the Participant List Wizard You can create a Participant List that enables you to assign participants to teams who will compete for the highest score during your presentation For participants or teams to accumulate scores you will have to assign point values to correct answers You can even assign points based on how quickly participants respond using speed scoring TurningPoint offers several slides to keep track of participant and team point totals and which participants responds most quickly Find more information in Competition Slides on page 61 This section describes how to Add Teams to a Participant List Add Teams to a Participant List Follow these steps to create a Participant List that can enable team competitions Before You Begin These steps create a new Participant List that assigns participants to teams before the presentation If you would like to pick teams on the
338. xport Data window displays the Responses tab Export Session Data Include or Exclude Data Responses tab TurningPoint Export Session Data Include or exclude specific data from export Questions amp Answers Participant Info Responses Scores Show results Horizontally O Show results Vertically Questions 68E AQ 90 43 i e Question 1 2 o Question 2 1 o Question 3 2 o Question 4 o Question 5 e Question 6 e Question 7 e Question 8 e Question 9 e Question 10 e Question 11 Show Responses Horizontally will group the response data by question in the exported file Show Responses Vertically will group the response data by participant in the exported file 13 Select the Scores tab The Export Data window displays the Scores tab Export Session Data Include or Exclude Data Scores tab TurningPoint Export Session Data Include or exclude specific data from export Questions amp Answers Participant Info Responses Scores Calculate using correct incorrect values O Calculate using point values Total points possible Select questions to be treated as bonus questions bonus information is not included in schemes Show score as letter Question V Show score as percent 14 If you chose to include the scores specify the following settings Select whether to calculate scores based on Correct Incorrect values o
339. y can successfully connect Find more information on using Chapter 3 Creating and Saving Slides vPad or Web vPad in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management vPad Web vPad Log In Slide Please enter the following Friendly Name or IP Address and Port Number to connect vPad presenterlaptop or 191 157 1 112 Web vPad http hq1 turningtechnologies com 94 Session Name Web001 Access Code 12345 Fill in the Blank Slide Fill in the Blank slides contain a question region for you to pose a question It does not contain an answer region or a chart since the responses are in the form of text ResponseCard users are limited to numerical responses but vPad and Web vPad users may type in alphanumeric responses of varying lengths You can specify one or more keywords in the TurningPoint settings that the answer should contain to be considered correct for reporting and grading purposes Find more 72 Turning Technologies information in Chapter 4 TurningPoint Device and Settings Management Fill in the Blank Slide Enter question text Essay Slide Essay slides for vPad and Web vPad participants only contain a question region for you to pose a question They do not contain an answer region or a chart but vPad and Web vPad users may type in alphanumeric responses of varying lengths Essay Slide Enter question text Priority Ranking Slide A Priority R
340. you have designated as Demographic are from the first drop down included in the menu menu 5 Select a question slide to link You must choose both a demographic slide and a question with the demographic slide slide from the second drop down menu 6 Select OK The Demographic Comparison slide is inserted displaying the demographic results in a chart This slide creates its title based on the question slide Modify Slides TurningPoint slides are simply ordinary PowerPoint slides with extra features so you can use and customize them as you would an ordinary PowerPoint slide You can reorder slides move objects add text and pictures apply fonts and color schemes and use animation Find more information in your PowerPoint documentation You can also modify the features TurningPoint adds to your slides You can change chart types and colors find more information in Chart Slides on page 57 You can use pictures for answers find more information in Create Picture Slides on page 115 And you can add a correct answer indicator find more information in Add a Correct Answer Indicator on page 143 Note Chart settings will retain any modifications you make even after you add or remove answers on the modified chart slides This section describes how to Change Chart Types Enable Zero based Polling Identify a Correct Answer from the Settings Window Identify a Correct Answer on a TurningPoint Slide Use Keywords for Fill in the
341. ype of music By asking participants to identify their age group in one question and later asking them to pick their favorite type of music you use data slicing to find out how many young adults in the crowd prefer jazz how many seniors prefer classical music and so on Before You Begin To measure demographic information insert a question slide early in the presentation that asks the audience to identify themselves in a demographic category such as an age group or gender Note To use demographic information in reports identify a slide with a demographic question in the TurningPoint settings at the slide level Set the Demographic setting to True Find more information in TurningPoint Device and Settings Management on page 153 and Reports on page 341 Step by Step Instructions To use data slicing 4 Run the presentation From the PowerPoint ribbon select the Slide Show tab In the Start Slide Show section select From the Beginning 5 Use the arrow keys to go to For the example to find out whether a certain age group in the the primary question slide audience prefers a certain type of music you would go to the whose data you want to slice question slide that asks participants to select a favorite type of music 6 From the Showbar select the The Data Slicing window opens and displays a list of all Data Slicing button questions from the interactive slides followed by their answers Showbar Expansion Data Slicing

Office 2007 - West Point

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents